Professional Documents
Culture Documents
VBT toán 7 đại số
VBT toán 7 đại số
com
+ Sử dụng các kí hiệu ∈,∉, ⊂, ⊃, , , để biểu diễn mối quan hệ giữa số và tập hợp hoặc giữa các tập hợp
với nhau.
Bài 1:
5 2 −2 −13 0 3 −9
Cho các số sau: ;3 ; ; ; ; ; ;3,5;0;6, 25 , hãy cho biết số nào là số hữu tỉ, số nào không phải
4 5 7 17 3 0 −9
là số hữu tỉ?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Số nguyên ... − 2; −1;0;1; 2;... có là số hữu tỉ không? Vì sao?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Điền kí hiệu (∈;∉) thích hợp vào ô trống:
6,5 6,5 2
4
0 -3,5
7
Bài 4:
Điền kí hiệu (∈; ∉) thích hợp vào ô trống:
−5 −5 −5 1
−
0
5 8
Bài 5:
Điền các kí hiệu , , vào ô trống cho đúng (điền tất cả các khả năng có thể):
a) 11 ∈ ..... b) −26 ∈ .....
1 3
c) ∈ ..... d) − ∈ .....
5 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Điền các kí hiệu thích hợp (∈,∉, ⊂, ⊃, , , ) vào ô trống:
−1 7
−3 ; ∈ ; ⊂ .
2 9
Bài 7:
Điền các kí hiệu thích hợp (∈,∉, ⊂, ⊃, , , ) vào ô trống:
10 3
1 ; −1 ; − ; ;
2 −8
−4 1 2
; ∉ ; ∈ ; ⊃ .
9 4 5
Bài 8:
Điền kí hiệu (∈,∉, ⊂ ) thích hợp và ô trống:
−5 −2
−4 ; ; −8 ; ;
3 9
1 2 2
− ; − ; − ; .
11 7 19
Bài 9:
Điền các kí hiệu ; ; thích hợp vào ô trống (điền tất cả các khả năng có thể):
−2
−6 ∈ ; 22 ∈ ; ∈ ; ⊂ ;
23
−5 3
⊂ ; ∉ ; − 21 ∉ ;; 1 ∉ .
7 4
Bài 10:
Viết Đ vào ô có khẳng định đúng và S vào ô có khẳng định sai:
1. Số nguyên là số hữu tỉ
2. Số nguyên âm không là số hữu tỉ âm
3. Tập hợp gồm các số hữu tỉ âm và các số hữu tỉ dương
1
4. Số 1 là số hữu tỉ
2
−1
5. Số không là số hữu tỉ
−5
Bài 11:
Các số hữu tỉ sau là âm hay dương?
5 4 −3
a) − b) c)
7 −9 −8
−14 5
d) e)
9 −8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
11 −7 −5 1 1
Tìm số đối của các số sau: ; −4; ;0; ; ;
2 6 7 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
1 −3
Tìm số đối của các số sau: 3 ; ( −5 ) ; ; − ( −8 )
2 −4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
14
a) Tìm 3 phân số bằng các phân số
21
4
b) Tìm 3 phân số bằng các phân số
−12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
2,3 3 −5 12 0 2 −3
Cho các số sau: ; 1 ; ; − ; ; ; ; − 1, 6;0,35 . Hãy cho biết số nào là số hữu tỉ, số nào không
5 4 9 7 8 0 −3
phải là số hữu tỉ?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Các số hữu tỉ sau là âm hay dương?
1 3 −2
− ; ; ; −6
4 11 −5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
3 −4 2
Tìm số đối của các số: 5 ; ( −9 ) ; ; − ( −5 ) ; − ;0,56 .
7 −11 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
2
Trong các phân số sau, những phân số nào biểu diễn số hữu tỉ ?
−5
−8 9 −10 6 9
; ; ; ;
20 −12 25 −15 −15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Biểu diễn các số hữu tỉ sau trên cùng một trục số.
−1 −3 3
a) b) c)
4 −4 −4
−14 7
d) e)
9 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
−2
Hãy tìm năm phân số bằng phân số .
7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm số nguyên x để các số sau là số hữu tỉ:
x −3 7
a) b) c)
11 x −3x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tìm số nguyên x để các số sau là số hữu tỉ:
5 −4
a) b)
x −3 5 x + 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x để các phân số sau có giá trị là số nguyên:
10x − 9 x − 10
a) A = b) B =
2x − 3 x −5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ
Bài toán 1: Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ trên trục số
*) Phương pháp giải:
Để biểu diễn một số hữu tỉ trên trục số, ta thường làm như sau:
Bước 1. Ta viết số đó dưới dạng phân số có mẫu dương. Khi đó mẫu của phân số sẽ cho ta biết đoạn thẳng
đơn vị được chia thành bao nhiêu phần bằng nhau.
Bước 2. Lấy đoạn thẳng mới làm đơn vị.
Bước 3. Số hữu tỉ dương (âm) nằm bên phải (trái) điểm 0 và cách điểm 0 một khoảng bằng giá trị tuyệt đối
của số hữu tỉ đó.
Bài 1:
3
Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ trên trục số.
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
3
Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ trên trục số.
−5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
5 4 3
Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ − ; ; trên trục số.
4 4 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4
−6 4 4 20
Cho các phân số sau: ; ; ;
15 −12 −10 −8
2
Những phân số nào biểu diễn số hữu tỉ ?
−5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
−3 1 1
Biểu diễn các số hữu tỉ sau trên trục số: ; ;
2 −3 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
−9 −14 4 12 2
Cho các phân số sau ; ; ; . Những phân số nào biểu diễn số hữu tỉ ?
6 21 −6 20 −3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
−21 −14 −42 35 −5 −28 −7
a) Cho các phân số ; ; ; ; ; . Những phân số nào biểu diễn số hữu tỉ ?
27 19 −54 −45 7 36 9
−7
b) Biểu diễn số hữu tỉ trên trục số.
9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
1 −25 5
Biểu diễn các số: ;0, 25; ; bởi các điểm trên cùng một trục số ta được bao nhiêu điểm phân biệt?
4 −100 20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
14 24 26 −28 72 12
Trong các phân số ; ; ; ; có bao nhiêu phân số bằng phân số ?
18 26 −28 30 78 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 3: So sánh hai số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải:
+ Viết các số hữu tỉ dưới dạng phân số có cùng mẫu dương: So sánh các tử số, phân số nào có tử nhỏ hơn
thì phân số đó nhỏ hơn.
+ So sánh các số trung gian ( 0,1,... );
+ So sánh với phần hơn hoặc phần bù;
+ So sánh thương hai số hữu tỉ (khác 0 ) với 1 ;
+ Áp dụng tính chất bắc cầu và các bất đẳng thức đã chứng minh trong bài
Bài 1:
−11 8
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau: và .
6 −9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
So sánh các số sau:
−25 20 15 21 −19 −23
a) và b) và c) và .
20 25 21 49 49 47
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
998 999 −315 −316 2020 2018
a) và b) và c) và .
555 556 380 381 2019 2019
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Chú ý:
Ngoài phương pháp so sánh bằng cách quy đồng mẫu số, ta có thể sử dụng các phương pháp khác như:
+ So sánh qua một phân số trung gian.
+ So sánh qua phần bù.
+ Đưa về so sánh hai phân số có cùng tử số.
Bài 4:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
7 11 −5 7
a) và b) và
8 12 8 −10
24 19 −9 27
c) và d) và .
35 30 21 −63
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
9 5 −4 15
a) và b) và
70 42 27 −63
13 9 −9 −20
c) và d) và .
15 11 17 −21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
−12 −3 −16 −1 −11 −14 −9
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ ; ; ; ; ; ; theo thứ tự giảm dần.
19 19 19 19 19 19 19
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
−16 −16 19
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ ; ;− theo thứ tự tăng dần.
27 29 27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau.
3 5 −2 −3
a) và b) và
7 7 5 5
4 5 −3 −3
c) và d) và
−9 −9 −8 8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
5 3 −3 −3 1 3
a) và b) và ; c) và .
4 4 5 4 21 27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
−12 −3 −16 −1 −11 −14 −19
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ sau theo thứ tự giảm dần: ; ; ; ; ; ;
17 17 17 17 17 17 17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ sau theo thứ tự tăng dần.
−5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5 −5
; ; ; ; ; ;
9 7 2 4 8 3 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau một cách nhanh nhất:
−146 1 21 13 2019 2020
a) và ; b) và ; c) và .
43 89 23 12 2019 2019
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau một cách nhanh nhất:
1
a) x =
−0,125 và y =
−8
5
=
b) b) x 0,=
75 và y
4
−17 −171717
=
c) x = và y
23 232323
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau một cách nhanh nhất:
3131 31 2021 2022 2019 2020
a) và b) và ; c) và
1313 13 2021 2021 2018 2019
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau một cách nhanh nhất:
7
a) −1, 6 và −
4
2018 2019
b) và
2019 2020
1234 4321
c) và
1244 4331
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau một cách nhanh nhất:
−11 25 -31 313131 3246 −45984
a) và b) và c) và
33 −76 -32 323232 −3247 45983
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
−1 5 −3 1 −7
Quy đồng rồi sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ sau theo thứ tự từ bé đến lớn: ,− , , ,
3 12 4 −4 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
−10 5 −19 2 17
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ sau theo thứ tự từ lớn đến bé: , , 0, , , ,1.
8 12 19 −10 15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
4 7 23
Lớp 7B có số học sinh thích học toán, số học sinh thích học văn, số học sinh thích học anh.
5 10 25
Môn học nào được nhiều bạn học sinh lớp 7B yêu thích nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Lưới nào sẫm nhất?
a) Đối với mỗi lưới ô vuông ở hình trên, hãy lập một phân số có tử là số ô sẫm, mẫu là tổng số ô sẫm và
trắng.
b) Sắp xếp các phân số này theo thứ tự tăng dần và cho biết lưới nào sẫm nhất (có tỉ số ô sẫm so với tổng
số ô là lớn nhất).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
−1 −1
Hãy viết bốn số hữu tỉ xen giữa và
2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
-1 4
Viết 3 số hữu tỉ có mẫu khác nhau lớn hơn nhưng nhỏ hơn ?
3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm phân số có:
−5 −2
a) Mẫu số bằng 5 , lớn hơn và nhỏ hơn .
7 7
5 5
b) Tử số bằng 8 , lớn hơn và nhỏ hơn .
9 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
x x 4 x +1
Tìm phân số ( x ∈ ) sao cho: < <
9 9 7 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Cho a ∈ , b ∈ * , n ∈ * .
a a+n
a) Nếu a < b , hãy so sánh hai số và
b b+n
a a+n
b) Nếu a > b , hãy so sánh hai số và
b b+n
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
x x + 2018
Cho x, y ∈ , y > 0 , hãy so sánh hai số hữu tỉ: và
y y + 2018
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Tìm x ∈ để:
x+3 x −5
a) là số hữu tỉ dương. b) là số hữu tỉ âm.
x−7 x − 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
BÀI TẬP TỰ LUYỆN DẠNG TOÁN
Bài 1:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau.
−1 1 1 −1
a) và b) và
4 100 −2 3
−2 −3 5
c) và d) −2,5 và
3 −5 −2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
2 7 −4 −4
a) và b) và ;
9 9 7 3
3 12
c) và .
5 20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Sắp xếp các số hữu tỉ sau theo thứ tự tăng dần.
−6 −2 −12 −8 −17 −25 −3
; ; ; ; ; ;
13 13 13 13 13 13 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
1 3 2 −3
a) x = và y = b) x = và y =
2 4 −5 7
−3
c) x = và 0
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
2017 14 −45 777
a) x = và y = b) x = và y =
2018 13 81 −999
1 −110 17
c) x = −2 và y = d) x = và y = 0, 75
5 50 20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
So sánh các số hữu tỉ sau:
456 465 173 −16
a) và b) − và
23 32 457 47
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Trong dịp hè, bạn An muốn mua một số vở để chuẩn bị cho năm học mới. Cửa hàng có 2 loại vở: 6 quyển
vở Hồng Hà có giá 65 nghìn đồng và 9 quyển vở Campus có giá 103 nghìn đồng. Hỏi để tiết kiệm tiền
bạn An nên mua loại vở nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm các phân số:
−2 −1
a) Có mẫu số là 30 , lớn hơn và nhỏ hơn .
5 6
−5 −3
b) Có tử số là −15 , lớn hơn và nhỏ hơn .
6 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 4. Tìm điều kiện để một số hữu tỉ là số âm (dương) hay số nguyên
*) Phương pháp giải:
- Số hữu tỉ âm là những số hữu tỉ nhỏ hơn 0.
- Số hữu tỉ dương là những số hữu tỉ lớn hơn 0.
- Số 0 không là số hữu tỉ âm cũng không là số hữu tỉ dương
a
- Số hữu tỉ là số hữu tỉ dương khi a, b cùng dấu.
b
a
- Số hữu tỉ là số hữu tỉ âm khi a, b khác dấu.
b
a
- Số hữu tỉ bằng 0 khi a = 0 và b ≠ 0 .
b
Chú ý: 0 không là số âm cũng không là số dương.
a
- Số hữu tỉ là số nguyên khi a b hay b là ước của A.
b
Bài 1:
Tìm số nguyên x để các số sau là số hữu tỉ:
x 5 −5
a) b) c)
7 x 2x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm số nguyên x để các số sau là số hữu tỉ:
1 −2
a) b)
x −1 2x − 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
−101
Tìm số nguyên x để số hữu tỉ A = là số nguyên.
x+7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
20m + 11
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Với giá trị nào của m thì:
−2019
a) x là số dương b) x là số âm.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
a −5
Cho số hữu tỉ: x = . Với giá trị nào của a thì:
2
a) x là số dương b) x là số âm
c) x không là số dương và cũng không là số âm.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
12
=
Cho x (b ∈ ) . Với giá trị nào của b thì:
b−5
a) x là số hữu tỉ b) x = −1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
a−2
=
Cho số hữu tỉ x (a ∈ ) . Với giá trị nào của a thì x là số nguyên?
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
a −5
=
Cho số hữu tỉ: x (a ≠ 0) . Với giá trị nguyên nào của a thì x là số nguyên?
a
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
x +1
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x để số hữu
= tỉ A ( x ≠ 2 ) có giá trị là số nguyên.
x−2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
2 x −1
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x để số hữu
= tỉ B ( x ≠ − 5) có giá trị là số nguyên.
x+5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
x −3
Tìm số nguyên x để số hữu tỉ D = là số nguyên
2x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
2a − 1
o số hữu tỉ x = . Với giá trị nào của a thì:
2
a) x là số hữu tỉ dương?
b) x là số hữu tỉ âm?
c) x không là số hữu tỉ dương cũng không là số hữu tỉ âm?
d) x là số nguyên?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
a
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Với giá trị nào của a thì
a +1 2
a) x là số hữu tỉ âm?
b) x không là số hữu tỉ âm, x cũng không là số hữu tỉ dương?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
7
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Xác định số nguyên a để x là số nguyên dương.
a +1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
3a + 7
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Với giá trị nào của a thì
−5
a) x là số hữu tỉ dương?
b) x là số hữu tỉ âm?
c) x không là số hữu tỉ dương và cũng không là số hữu tỉ âm?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
3n − 1
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Với giá trị nào của a thì
4
a) x là số hữu tỉ dương?
b) x là số hữu tỉ âm?
c) x không là số hữu tỉ dương cũng không là số hữu tỉ âm?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
7
Cho số hữu tỉ x = . Tìm số nguyên n để x nhận giá trị là số nguyên.
n −1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm số nguyên a, b sao cho:
−3 a −3 −8 12 −2
a) < < b) < <
8 10 5 19 b 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tìm x ∈ để:
x −5 x −5
a) là số hữu tỉ dương b) là số hữu tỉ âm.
x − 10 x+7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
c) Cộng với số 0: a + 0 = 0 + a = a
d) Cộng với số đối: a + ( −a ) =0
x − ( y − z) = x − y + z = x + z − y
x − y + z = x − ( y − z)
+ Cộng với 0: a + 0 = 0 + a = a
3. Quy tắc chuyển vế: Tìm thành phần chưa biết: x + a = b ⇒ x = b − a .
II. CÁC DẠNG BÀI TẬP
Dạng 1: Thực hiện phép tính của hai hay nhiều số hữu tỉ
Bài toán 1: Cộng, trừ hai số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải: Để cộng (trừ) hai số hữu tỉ, ta thực hiện các bước sau:
Bước 1. Viết hai số hữu tỉ dưới dạng hai phân số có mẫu dương và thực hiện quy đồng hai phân số.
Bước 2. Cộng (trừ) hai tử và giữ nguyên mẫu.
Bước 3. Rút gọn kết quả về dạng phân số tối giản.
Bài 1:
1 8
Tính =
A +
−5 15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2: Tính
1 −3 7 5 2 3 −14
a) + b) − c) 1 + 3 d) + 0, 6
12 12 8 4 5 5 20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tính:
−3 8 4 −2 −1 −1 −14
a) + b) + c) + d) + 0, 6
14 35 25 15 21 14 20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tính:
3 8 −4 2 −1 5 7
a) −− b) − c) − d) 4,5 − −
5 25 5 9 9 12 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tính:
−16 −5 13 1 −5 −1 −1
a) −0,8 + b) + c) + d) +
5 17 34 26 39 16 24
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tính:
−18 −13 4 1
a) + 0, 4 b) −0, 5 + c) −
7
− (−0, 6) d) −−
10 8 10 7 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính:
−27 −3 3 2
a) + 0, 2 b) −0,16 + c) −
3
− (−0, 2) d) −−
15 2 10 5 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 2: Cộng, trừ nhiều số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải: Để cộng (trừ) nhiều số hữu tỉ, ta có thể thực hiện như sau:
+ Nếu biểu thức không chứa dấu ngoặc, ta thực hiện quy đồng các phân số rồi cộng, trừ các phân số cùng
mẫu.
+ Nếu biểu thức chứa dấu ngoặc, ta thực hiện trong ngoặc trước, ngoài ngoặc sau hoặc phá dấu ngoặc (chú
ý đổi dấu nếu trước dấu ngoặc có dấu “-”).
* Thông hiểu
Bài 8:
Tính hợp lí:
−4 −13 2 4 4 1 11
a) − − 0, 25 + 0,75 b) − + − − − 0, 4 +
12 39 5 3 5 9 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tính hợp lí:
−3 1 9 1 1 1 1
a) + 3 − − 2, 25 − b) − + +
4 4 4 2 3 23 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tính hợp lí:
−13 4 −10 4 −14 −7
a) − − − b) + 0, 65 − − 0,35
7 9 7 9 12 42
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tính hợp lí:
7 5 4 3 13 −3 3 10
a) − + − − + 1 − b) + 3 − − 2, 25 −
8 2 7 7 8 7 4 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tính hợp lí:
1 43 1 1 5 3 5 2 8 4
a) − +− − b) − + 9 − 2 + − + − − 10
2 101 3 6 3 7 7 3 7 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tính hợp lí:
1 5 1 1 3 7
a) A = + − b) B = − +−
2 6 3 2 8 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 −10 −4 7 5 2 5 3 15 7 −1 5
a) + + b) − − c) − + d) − −
3 6 3 3 6 3 8 4 6 3 4 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 3: Thực hiện phép tính một cách hợp lí
*) Phương pháp giải: Ta có thể sử dụng các tính chất của phép cộng số hữu tỉ để tính hợp lí (nếu có thể).
Bước 1. Áp dụng tính chất giao hoán, tính chất kết hợp của số hữu tỉ để nhóm các số hạng.
Bước 2. Thực hiện cộng, trừ số hữu tỉ.
Bài 15:
Thực hiện phép tính (hợp lí nếu có thể):
24 19 2 20
A = − +− + +−
11 13 11 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Thực hiện phép tính (hợp lí nếu có thể):
25 9 12 25 2 −1 1 1
a) − + − + + − b) + + +
13 17 13 17 3 −4 21 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tính nhanh:
−1 5 7 9 11 13 11 9 7 5
a) + − + − − + − + −
5 7 9 11 13 15 13 11 9 7
−1 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3
b) + − + − − + − + −
3 4 5 6 7 8 7 6 5 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tính nhanh:
−1 1 1 1 1 1
a) − − − − ... −
99 99.98 98.97 97.96 3.2 2.1
1 1 1 1
b) − − − ⋅⋅⋅ −
50 50.49 49.48 2.1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tính nhanh:
2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1
a) 1 − − − − ... − − b) + + + ... +
3.5 5.7 7.9 61.63 63.65 1.3 3.5 5.7 19.21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tính nhanh:
1 1 1 1 1 1
a) − − − − ... − −
4 100.98 98.96 96.94 6.4 4.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
b) − − − − − −
2 3.7 7.11 11.15 15.19 19.23 23.27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tính nhanh:
1 1 1 1
a) + + + ... +
1.2.3 2.3.4 3.4.5 18.19.20
5 5 5 5
b) + + + ... + −1
1.2.3 2.3.4 3.4.5 18.19.20
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tính nhanh:
2 2 2 2 2
a) 1 + + + + + ... +
3 6 10 15 45
1 1 1 1 1 1
b) + + + + +
7 91 247 475 775 1147
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
BÀI TẬP ÁP DỤNG DẠNG TOÁN
Bài 1: Thực hiện các phép tính sau:
2 5 1 7 19 5
a) + b) − c) −
3 6 4 6 2 6
2 5 1 3 3 1 2 4 1
d) − + e) + − f) − +
3 6 12 4 16 2 5 7 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2: Tính giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
−1 −1 −8 15
a) =
A + b) =
B −
21 28 18 27
−5 −2
c) =
C + 0, 75 d) =
D 3,5 −
12 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Thực hiện phép tính (hợp lí có thể):
5 6 1 7 2 8 7 3
a) + − + b) 1 + 0, 25 − − +
6 7 6 3 3 3 4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
−7 4 4 −3
a) + b) +
15 10 24 15
−1 −1 −13
c) + d) + 0, 4
12 18 39
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
5 3 −3 2
a) −− b) −
4 16 14 21
−1 7 2
c) − d) 3,5 − −
3 12 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
−3 2 3 −1 5 7
a) A = + + b) B = + +
17 3 17 6 12 12
−5 3 −1 −2 1 −3 −6 1 −28 −11 −1
c) C = + + + + d) D = + + + + +
7 4 5 7 4 31 17 25 31 17 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
-7 1 2 −6 5
a) A = + +1 b) B = + +
21 3 15 9 9
3 −3 −1 4 16 6 −3 2 −10 3
c) C = + + d) D = + + + + + +
12 4 5 20 42 15 5 21 21 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
1 1 1 1 1 1
a) − − − − ... + −
69 69.68 68.67 67.66 3.2 2.1
−1 1 1 1
b) − − − ... −
20 20.19 19.18 2.1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
a) + + + + + + +
5 45 117 221 357 525 725 957
1 1 1 1 1
b) + + + + ... +
3 6 10 15 45
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
1 1 1 1
a) E = + + + ... +
1.7 7.13 13.19 31.37
2 2 2 2 2
b) C = + + + +
3.5 5.7 7.9 9.11 11.13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
1 1 1 1
a) F= 2 + + + ... +
6 66 176 ( 5n − 4 )( 5n + 1)
3 3 3 3
b) G =+
1 + + + ... +
15 35 63 9999
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Viết một số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tổng hoặc hiệu của hai số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải: Để viết một số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tổng hoặc hiệu của hai số hữu tỉ, ta thường thực hiện
các bước sau:
Bước 1. Viết số hữu tỉ dưới dạng phân số có mẫu dương.
Bước 2. Viết tử của phân số thành tổng hoặc thành hiệu của hai số nguyên.
Bước 3. “Tách” số hữu tỉ thành hai phân số có tử là các số nguyên tìm đượC.
Bước 4. Rút gọn từng phân số (nếu có thể) và kết luận.
Bài 1:
4
Tìm hai cách viết số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tổng của hai số hữu tỉ âm.
−17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Viết số hữu tỉ sau dưới dạng tổng hoặc hiệu của hai số hữu tỉ khác:
3 5 1 1
a) b) c) d)
8 12 11 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
5
Tìm hai số hữu tỉ có tổng là .
3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
4
Tìm hai số hữu tỉ có tổng là .
19
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
−11
Tìm ba cách viết số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tổng của hai số hữu tỉ âm.
15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 3: Tìm số hữu tỉ x thỏa mãn điều kiện cho trước
*) Phương pháp giải
Ta sử dụng quy tắc “chuyển vế” biến đổi số hạng tự do sang một vế, số hạng chứa x sang một vế kháC.
Bước 1. Sử dụng quy tắc chuyển vế
Bước 2. Thực hiện tính toán để tìm x.
Bước 3. Kết luận.
Ta có: a + x = b ⇒ x = b − a
a − x = b ⇒ x = a −b
x−a =b ⇒ x = a+b
Bài 1:
16 4 3
Tìm x, biết −x= −
5 5 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm x, biết:
1 3 3 1
a) x + = b) x − =
5 7 4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm x, biết
1 8 1 11 2 2
a) − x − =; b) − + x =
20 5 10 12 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x, biết
3 2 2 7 1 −3
a) x − = b) −x= c) x + =
4 7 3 5 8 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x, biết
1 3 2 5 1 3
a) x + = b) x − = c) x + =
3 4 5 7 32 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm x, biết
7 5 −12 17 −3 5 −1
a) − x + = b) x − − + =
4 3 5 2 7 3 3
9 2 7 −5
c) − − x + =
2 3 4 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm x , biết:
1 7 1 9 4 13 4 −9
a) x + = b) x + = c) x − = d) x + =
2 2 4 4 9 9 13 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm x , biết:
3 3 1 3 1 −3 1 1 −4 1
a) x + = b) x + = c) x − = − d) x − = −
5 10 2 4 5 2 5 7 3 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm x , biết:
3 5 2 5 1 −3 1 2 −1 1
a) x − = b) −x= c) x + = − d) x − = +
2 4 7 21 2 2 5 3 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm x , biết:
3 1 3 3 1 −2 2 3 −2 1
a) +x= b) −x= c) x + = − d) x − = +
5 3 10 20 3 4 3 4 7 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x , biết:
2 3 2 2 2 2 1 −3 1
a) 0, 5 + x = b) −x= c) −x= + d) x − = +
5 11 22 5 5 3 2 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x , biết:
1 −7 1 1 −4 1
a) x + = + c) x + = +
9 16 9 13 9 13
1 2 1 5 −7 5
b) x + = −− d) x + = −−
4 5 4 9 13 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13: Tìm x , biết:
9 −2 9 13 −4 14
a) x + = + c) x + = −
11 5 11 27 9 27
1 3 1 3 −2 3
b) x + = −− d) x + = −−
7 4 7 8 19 8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x , biết:
3 −1 3 2 −2 13
a) x + = + c) x + = −
7 5 7 15 3 15
1 2 1 13 −2 13
b) x + = −− d) x + = −−
5 7 5 15 17 15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x , biết:
−1 3 1 2
a) =
x + b) x − =
2 4 5 11
5 16 −8 x 5 −19
c) x − = + d) = +
6 42 56 5 6 30
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm x , biết:
−1 3 x 3 −2
a) =
x + b) = +
2 4 15 5 3
11 13 85 4 5 −7
c) + = d) x − = +
8 6 x 6 25 15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tìm x , biết:
1 1 2 1 7
a) x + =3 − 1 b) x + = 1 −
7 2 9 2 9
16 4 3 1 5 1
c) −x= − d) −x= −
5 5 10 3 6 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x , biết:
−3 −4 3 1 3
a) −
13
+ x= − b) + x = −−
15 8 5 7 4 5
1 8 1 1 3 1
c) − x − =. d) − x − =.
20 5 10 10 25 50
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tìm x , biết:
−3 2 −14 −7 4 −17
a) − x − = b) − x − =
11 5 22 13 3 26
11 2 2 11 7 2
c) − + x = d) − x − =
12 5 3 16 3 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tìm x , biết:
9 5 7 8 4 1
a) 1 − − x + = +− b) 1 − − x = +−
5 6 12 7 5 10
7 5 −12 −8 7 −1
c) − x + = d) − + x =
4 3 5 13 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm x biết:
7 3 7 −9 9 2 7 −5
a) − − x + = b) − − x + =
2 2 2 11 2 3 4 4
17 −3 5 −1 5 7 4 −1
c) x − − + = d) x − − − + =
2 7 3 3 3 2 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
4 5 x 1 3
Tìm x , biết: x ∈ và − ≤ ≤ −
5 6 30 3 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
−3 5 −31 1 1 1
Tìm x biết: x ∈ và + + ≤x≤ + +
2 7 14 2 3 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
1 1 1 1
+ + + ... +
1
Tìm x biết: ( x − 20 ) 2 3 4 200 =
1 2 199 2000
+ + ... +
199 198 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
7 13 21 31 43 57 73 91
Tìm x , biết: 2 x + + + + + + + + =
10
6 12 20 31 42 56 72 90
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
3 3 3 3 24
Tìm x , biết: + + + ... + =
35 63 99 x ( x + 2 ) 35
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 4: Tính tổng dãy số có quy luật
*) Phương pháp giải: Để tính tổng dãy số có quy luật ta cần tìm ra tính chất đặc trưng của từng số hạng
trong tổng, từ đó biến đổi và thực hiện phép tính.
Bước 1. Ở ví dụ bên, ta thấy các giá trị ở tử không thay đổi và chúng đúng bằng hiệu hai thừa số ở mẫu.
1
Mỗi số hạng đều có dạng
n ( n + 1)
1 1 1
Do đó ta thực hiện tách các số hạng của tổng S theo công thức = −
n ( n + 1) n n + 1
Bước 2. Vì tổng sau khi tách có đặc điểm: các số hạng liên tiếp luôn đối nhau, nên ta dùng tính chất kết
hợp để nhóm các số hạng. Khi đó các số hạng trong tổng được khử liên tiếp đến khi trong tổng chỉ còn số
hạng đầu và số hạng cuối.
k
Tổng quát: Nếu trong tổng xuất hiện các số hạng dạng thì ta tách các số hạng theo công thức sau:
n(n + k )
k 1 1
= − .
n(n + k ) n n + k
Bài 1:
1 1 1 1
Tính S = + + + ... +
1.2 2.3 3.4 2019.2020
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tính nhanh
1 1 1 1
a) A = + + + ... +
1.3 3.5 5.7 19.21
1 1 1 1 1 1
b) B = − − − . − ... − −
99 99.98 98.97 97.96 3.2 2.1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
4 4 4 4
Tính S = + + ... + +
1.5 5.9 92.96 96.100
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
1 1 1 1
Tính giá trị biểu thức S = + + + ... + .
3.4 4.5 5.6 20.21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
1 1 1 1
Tính giá trị biểu thức B= + + + ... + .
2.4 4.6 6.8 28.30
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 5: Bài toán thực tế
I. Phương pháp giải: Để giải một bài toán thực tế liên quan đến cộng, trừ số hữu tỉ, ta thường làm như
sau:
Bước 1: Phân tích bài toán, từ các dữ kiện đề bài xác định các giá trị của cùng một đại lượng (ví dụ: các giá
trị của một đoạn đường, một chiếc bánh, một quyển sách, một đơn vị thời gian...) và thiết lập mối quan hệ
giữa các đại lượng trong bài toán.
Bước 2: Dựa vào quy tắc cộng, trừ số hữu tỉ, thực hiện các phép toán tương ứng.
Bước 3: Kết luận.
II. Bài toán:
Bài 1:
1
An đọc một quyển sách trong 2 ngày. Ngày thứ nhất An đọc được quyển sách, ngày thứ hai An đọc
5
3
được quyển sách. Hỏi trong 2 ngày An đọc được bao nhiêu phần quyển sách?
10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Ba xe ô tô cùng chuyển long nhãn từ Hưng Yên lên Hà Nội. Ô tô thứ nhất, thứ hai, thứ ba chuyển được lần
1 3 4
lượt ; ; số long nhãn trong kho. Cả ba ô tô chuyển được bao nhiêu phần long nhãn trong kho?
3 10 15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
13 11 9
Tính chu vi tam giác biết độ dài ba cạnh của tam giác có số đo là: cm; cm; cm.
4 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
1
Một con voi châu Á sinh thiếu tháng nên chỉ đạt 0, 8 tạ, ít hơn tạ so với cân nặng trung bình của voi sơ
10
sinh. Tính cân nặng trung bình của voi sơ sinh châu Á?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Nhiệt độ hiện tại trong một kho lạnh là −4,7 C . Do yêu cầu bảo quản hàng hóa, người quản lý kho tiếp tục
giảm độ lạnh của kho thêm 8 C . Hỏi khi đó nhiệt độ trong kho là bao nhiêu độ?
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
2
Chị Hà mới đi làm và nhận được tháng lương đầu tiên. Chị quyết định dùng số tiền đó để chị chi tiêu
5
1
trong tháng, dành số tiền để mua quà biếu bố mẹ. Hỏi chị Hà còn lại bao nhiêu phần tiền lương?
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Một xưởng may trong tuần thứ nhất thực hiện được 2 kế hoach tháng, tuần thứ hai thực hiện được 5 kế
7 14
1
hoạch, trong tuần thứ ba thực hiện được kế hoạch. Để hoàn thành kế hoạch của tháng thì trong tuần cuối
3
xưởng phải thực hiện bao nhiêu phần kế hoạch?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Một khu đất hình chữ nhật có chiều dài là 0, 75 (km), chiều rộng là 5 (km).
8
a) Tính nửa chu vi của khu đất.
b) Chiều dài hơn chiều rộng bao nhiêu km?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Hai người cùng làm chung một công việC. Nếu làm riêng, người thứ nhất phải mất 4 giờ, người thứ hai
phải mất 7 giờ mới xong công việC. Hỏi nếu làm chung thì mỗi giờ cả hai người làm được mấy phần công
việc?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
1
Hai vòi nước cùng chảy vào một cái bể không có nướC. Trong một giờ, vòi thứ nhất chảy vào được bể,
3
2
vòi thứ hai chảy vào được bể. Hỏi vòi nào chảy nhanh hơn và trong một giờ, cả hai vòi chảy được bao
5
nhiêu phần bể?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Hai vòi cùng chảy vào một bể. Nếu vòi thứ nhất chảy thì mất 4 giờ 25 phút mới đầy bể. Nếu vòi thứ hai
chảy thì mất 8 giờ 12 phút mới đầy bể. Hỏi trong 1 giờ, hai vòi chảy được bao nhiêu phần bể?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Hai vòi nước cùng chảy vào 1 bể. Vòi 1 chảy trong 8 h, vòi 2 chảy trong 6 h đầy bể. Vòi 3 tháo trong 4
h thì bể cạn. Bể đang cạn nếu mở cả 3 vòi thì sau 1 h chảy được bao nhiêu phần bể?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Người thứ nhất đi xe đạp từ A đến B hết 6 giờ; người thứ hai đi xe máy từ B về A hết 3 giờ; người thứ
hai khởi hành sau người thứ nhất 2 giờ. Hỏi sau khi người thứ hai đi được 1 giờ thì hai người đã gặp nhau
chưa?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Một cửa hàng bán 40 kg đường trong ba ngày. Biết tổng số đường cửa hàng bán được của hai ngày đầu là
23, 4 kg. Tổng số đường bán trong hai ngày sau là 36, 2 kg. Hỏi mỗi ngày cửa hàng bán được bao nhiêu ki
– lô– gam đường?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Một kho lương thực nhập gạo vào 4 đợt. Đợt đầu nhập 3,15 tấn gạo. Đợt thứ hai nhập ít hơn đợt đầu là
0, 7 tấn và ít hơn đợt thứ ba là 1, 05 tấn. Đợt thứ tư nhập ít hơn mức trung bình của cả bốn đợt là 0,1 tấn
gạo. Hỏi đợt thứ tư nhập mấy tấn gạo?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
1 1
Bình đọc một cuốn sách trong 4 ngày. Ngày thứ nhất đọc được quyển sách, ngày thứ hai đọc được
5 3
1
quyển sách, ngày thứ ba đọc được quyển sách. Hỏi hai ngày đầu Bình đọc nhiều hơn hay ít hơn hai
4
ngày sau. Tìm phân số chỉ số chênh lệch đó?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
1
Bốn vòi cùng chảy vào đầy một bể nước trong 1 giờ. Biết trong 1 giờ: Vòi thứ nhất chảy bể, vòi thứ hai
4
3 1
chảy được bể, vòi thứ ba chảy được bể. Hỏi trong 1 giờ vòi thứ nhất và vòi thứ hai chảy được nhiều
10 5
hơn hay ít hơn vòi thứ ba và vòi thứ tư. Tìm phân số chỉ số chênh lệch đó?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
2
Một giá sách có hai ngăn, ngăn A và ngăn B. Số sách ngăn A bằng số sách ngăn B. Nếu
3
3
chuyển 3 quyển từ ngăn A sang ngăn B thì số sách ngăn A bằng số sách ngăn B. Tính tổng số sách 2
7
ngăn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Có 7 quả cam chia đều cho 10 người. Làm thế nào để chia được mà không phải cắt bất kì quả cam nào
thành 10 phần bằng nhau.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Học kì I, số học sinh giỏi của lớp 7 A bằng 2 số học sinh còn lại. Sang học kì II, số học sinh giỏi tăng
7
thêm 8 bạn (số học sinh cả lớp không đổi nên số học sinh giỏi bằng 2 số còn lại). Hỏi học kì I, lớp 7 A có
3
bao nhiêu học sinh giỏi?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
1
Người ta mở hai vòi nước cùng chảy vào một bể. Vòi thứ nhất mỗi giờ chảy được bể, vòi thứ hai mỗi
7
1
giờ chảy được bể. Nểu mở đồng thời cả hai vòi, mỗi giờ được mấy phần bể?
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
9
Tính chu vi tam giác biết độ dài ba cạnh của tam giác có số đo là: 2, 5 cm; 4 cm; cm.
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
9
Chu vi tam giác là: 2, 5 + 4 + =
11 (cm)
2
Vậy chu vi tam giác là: 11 cm
Bài 23:
Để hoàn thành một công việc, anh Nam cần 10 giờ, anh Việt cần 15 giờ. Nếu hai anh cùng làm trong 1
giờ thì cả hai người làm được mấy phần công việC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Một mảnh vườn hình chữ nhật có chiều dài là 200,8 m, chiều rộng kém chiều dài 79, 4 m. Tính nửa chu vi
của mảnh vườn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Người thứ nhất đi xe đạp từ A đến B hết 7 giờ; người thứ hai đi xe máy từ B về A hết 3 giờ; người thứ
hai khởi hành sau người thứ nhất 2 giờ. Hỏi sau khi người thứ hai đi được 2 giờ thì hai người đã gặp nhau
chưa?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Một cửa hàng bán 60 kg lạc trong ba ngày. Biết tổng số lạc cửa hàng bán được của hai ngày đầu là 35,1
kg. Tổng số lạc bán trong hai ngày sau là 54,3 kg. Hỏi mỗi ngày cửa hàng bán được bao nhiêu ki – lô–
gam lạc?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Có 6 quả táo chia đều cho 8 người. Làm thế nào để chia được mà không phải cắt bất kì quả táo nào thành
8 phần bằng nhau.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
4
Tính tổng số học sinh lớp 7 A và lớp 7B của một trường biết: Số học sinh lớp 7 A bằng số học sinh lớp
5
7B . Nếu chuyển 8 học sinh từ lớp 7 A sang lớp 7B thì số học sinh lớp 7 A bằng 1 số học sinh lớp 7B .
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
a c a d ad
Với y ≠ 0 , ta có: x=
:y =
: =.
b d b c bc
b) Phép nhân số hữu tỉ cũng có các tính chất như phép nhân phân số: giao hoán, kết hợp, nhân với 1 và tính
chất phân phối của phép nhân đối với phép cộng.
Với a, b, c ∈ , ta có:
+ Tính chất giao hoán: a.b = b.a
+ Tính chất kết hợp: a. ( b.c ) = ( a.b ) .c
*) Chú ý: Nếu hai số hữu tỉ đều được cho dưới dạng số thập phân thì ta có thể áp dụng quy tắc nhân và chia
đối với số thập phân.
c) Mọi số hữu tỉ khác 0 đều có một số nghịch đảo
1
Với a ∈ , a ≠ 0 . Số nghịch đảo của a là .
a
1 1
Ví dụ: Nghịch đảo của là = 2
2 1
2
x
d) Tỉ số: Thương của phép chia x cho y (với y ≠ 0 ) gọi là tỉ số của hai số x và y, kí hiệu là hoặc x : y .
y
1 1
Ví dụ: Nghịch đảo của là = 2
2 1
2
II. CÁC DẠNG BÀI TẬP
Dạng 1: Nhân, chia hai số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải: Để nhân, chia hai số hữu tỉ ta thực hiện các bước sau:
Bước 1. Viết hai số hữu tỉ dưới dạng phân số.
Bước 2. Áp dụng quy tắc nhân, chia phân số.
Bước 3. Rút gọn kết quả (nếu có thể).
Bài 1:
Tính:
7 11 −10
a) − . − b) . ( −2,5 )
2 21 3
3 −3 1 1
c) 1 . d) 2 .1
5 4 3 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tính:
3 −2 −20
a) − . b) 2,8.
2 25 7
d) −0,32.(−1, 25)
4
c) ( −2, 6).2
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tính:
−15 21 −7
a) : b) : ( −0,14 )
4 −10 15
11 1
c) −
1 1
:1 d) 2 :1
15 10 7 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tính:
−5 25 −17
a) : b) 3, 4 :
21 14 14
2
c) (−1, 7) :1 d) −8, 4 : (−2,8)
15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tính:
−8 −9 −10
a) . b) 0, 51.
21 56 17
2 3 4 1
c) 3 : (−4, 7). − d) . −7,5 : 3
15 2 9 8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
1
Tính −3 .2,5
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Thực hiện phép tính:
3 −2 −8 −3
a) . ; b) . ;
2 25 5 4
−15 21 −15 5
c) : ; d) : .
4 −10 7 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Thực hiện phép tính:
−4 2 1
a) −3,5. ; b) 1 . −2 ;
21 3 3
3 2 4
c) ( −2,5 ) : ; d) −8 : −2
−4 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
+ Ngoài ra ta có thể sử dụng các quy tắc phép tính cộng, trừ, nhân, chia số hữu tỉ kết hợp các tính chất của
các phép tính cộng và nhân để tính hợp lí (nếu có thể).
+ Chú ý dấu của kết quả và rút gọn.
−3 3 2 3
Ví dụ: Tính : + :
5 2 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
4 5 −7 −2 4 −3 4
a) ( −0, 25 ) . . −3 . b) . + .
17 21 12 5 15 10 15
3 3 1 −3 2 3 3 −1 3
c) 21 − 3 : − d) + : + + :
4 8 6 4 5 7 5 4 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
2 3 −4 3 2
a) A= + . b) B =
− 0, 2 . −
3 4 9 4 5
11 33 −3 1 −7
c) C = : . d) D= 1 + 1 :
4 16 5 2 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Thực hiện phép tính (hợp lí nếu có thể):
−5 7 11 1 15 38
a) . . . ( −30 ) b) − . − .
11 15 −5 3 19 45
5 3 13 3 2 9 3 3
c) − . + − . d) 2 . . : −
9 11 18 11 15 17 32 17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
7 2 1 7 1 5
Tính A= : − + : − .
8 9 18 8 36 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
3 3 3 3
− + +
Tính nhanh Q = 4 5 7 11
13 13 13 13
− + +
4 5 7 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
−3 −15 2 −3 −2 4 −3 4
a) . − . b) . + .
26 19 19 26 5 15 10 15
5 3 7 5 7 −15 21 −7
c) − . + . − d) . + .
17 10 5 17 18 19 19 18
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
3 −3 1 −4 1 −3 4 −9
a) 2 + + : b) 1 − + :
4 5 3 9 6 3 7 5
3 3 1 1 4 1
c) 21 − 3 : − d) 15 − 2 : −
4 8 6 3 9 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
−11 17 11 17 1 −15 17 15 17 6
a) : − : − b) : − : −
24 23 24 11 12 14 23 14 11 7
−5 2 3 4 11 3 −3 2 3 3 −1 3
c) + : + − : d) + : + + :
6 5 8 5 30 8 4 5 7 5 4 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
2 9 3 3 2 9 8 3
a) 2 . . :− b) . .2 : −
15 17 32 17 34 23 13 23
−4 5 −39 −1 5 7 57 −6 −1 5
c) − . + :− d) − . + :−
7 13 25 42 6 15 36 19 42 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
2 2 2 1 1 1
− + − +
1 5
a) 3 5 10 + b) 3 5 10 +
8 8 8 2 6 6 3 6
− + − +
3 5 10 3 5 5
1 1 1 1 5 13 5 15
+ − . − . +
6
c) 2021 2022 2023 − d) 2 17 14 17 238
5 5 5 5 −20 26 5 15
+ − + . −
2021 2022 2023 68 14 17 119
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
11 −5 13 5 13 −6 −3 2 −4 1 2 2 −5
. : − : + + . : − +1 −
8 11 8 11 5 33 4 9 45 5 15 3 27
a) b)
1 3 26 3 9
4 −9 2021 −5 −6 2021 . − . +
c) + : + − : d) 29 2 11 23 238
5 7 2022 7 5 2022 −3 13 3 9
+ . −
29 11 23 119
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tính:
−5 7 9 11 3 3 3 3 3
− + − (3 − ) 3+− + −
a) 7 9 11 13 4 b) 7 11 1001 13
10 14 6 22 2 9 9 9 9
− + − +9
+ − + : (2 − )
21 27 11 39 3 1001 13 7 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tính:
3 −35 50
a) − . b) −9, 6. −
7 33 3
13 4
c) − :2 d) 1, 25 : (−7,5)
5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tính:
−5 −5 5 −17 1
a) . : b) 3: . −
14 21 14 14 3
2 −45 3
c) (−1, 5).1 . d) 10, 5 : (−2,1).
15 34 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tính:
1 15 38 −5 7 11
a) − . . b) . . .(−30)
3 19 45 11 15 −5
−3 5 −5 5 4 3 13 −3
c) . + . d) − . + − .
7 11 14 11 9 11 9 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
−5 7 −5 −3 17 7 −1 17
a) : −
5 7 6
: − b) + : + + :
14 17 14 11 7 3 2 13 2 3 13
−4 2 2 −3 3 2 −3 2 7 3 −1 7
c) + : + + : d) + : + + :
7 5 3 7 5 3 4 5 3 5 4 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tính hợp lí (nếu có thể)
1 1 1 1 5 5 5 15 15
5 1 5 5 1 2 1+
+ + + 5− + − 15 − +
a) : − + : − b) 2 4 8 16 c) 3 9 27 : 11 121
9 11 22 9 15 3 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 16 16
1− + − + 8− + − 16 − +
2 4 8 16 3 9 27 11 121
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
1 1 1 3 3 3
− − 0, 6 − − −
Tính P 9 7 11 +
= 25 125 625
4 4 4 4 4 4
− − − 0,16 − −
9 7 11 5 125 625
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
3 3
1,5 + 1 − 0, 75 0,375 − 0,3 + 11 + 12 1890
Tính B =
+ : + 115
5 5
2,5 + − 1, 25 −0, 625 + 0,5 − − 5 2005
3 11 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
50 25 20 10 100 100 1
Tính A = 50 + + + + + + ... + +
3 3 4 3 6.7 98.99 99
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 3: Viết một số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tích hoặc thương của hai số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải
Để viết một số hữu tỉ dưới dạng tích hoặc thương của hai số hữu tỉ ta thực hiện các bước sau:
Bước 1. Viết số hữu tỉ dưới dạng phân số.
Bước 2. Viết tử và mẫu của phân số dưới dạng tích của hai số nguyên.
Bước 3. “Tách” ra hai phân số có tử và mẫu là các số nguyên thỏa mãn yêu cầu đề bài.
Bước 4. Lập tích hoặc thương của các phân số đó.
Bài 1:
−25
Viết số hữu tỉ dưới các dạng sau:
16
−5
a) Tích của hai số hữu tỉ có một thừa số là
12
−4
b) Thương của hai số hữu tỉ, trong đó số bị chia là
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
−3
Viết số hữu tỉ dưới các dạng sau:
35
−5
a) Tích của hai số hữu tỉ có một thừa số là
7
−2
b) Thương của hai số hữu tỉ, trong đó số bị chia là
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
−5
Viết số hữu tỉ dưới dạng sau
21
a) Tích của hai số hữu tỉ;
b) Thương của hai số hữu tỉ;
2
c) Tích của hai số hữu tỉ trong đó có một số bằng ;
3
−3
d) Thương của hai số hữu tỉ trong đó số bị chia bằng .
7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
Tìm x biết:
5 21 4 −7
a) x : = − b) : x =
7 20 5 20
4 −4 −7 21
c) .x = d) x. = −
5 15 15 45
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm x biết:
5 21 7
a) x :1 = − b) : x = −3,5
7 48 5
2 21
c) (−0,8). x =
2 d) x.(−1, 4) =
5 40
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm x biết:
2 5 3 3 1 3
a) x+ = b) x− =
5 7 10 4 2 7
−2 5 −4 −4 5 −3
c) + x= d) + x=
5 6 15 5 2 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x biết:
1 3 1 1 −1
a) x= − b) =
x 0, 5 −
21 7 3 9 3
3 1 1 1 2
c) − x. = d) (−0, 2) − x. =
5 15 3 6 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x biết:
1 −2 2 3 7 1
a) x := − b) x : = −
2 3 5 4 6 12
−4 1 1 5 3 1
c) − x: = d) − x: =
5 3 2 6 4 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm x biết:
4
b) x 2 x − =
4
a) ( x − 1) =
0 0
9 11
6 −11 5
c) −2 x. 2 x + =
0 d) x . − x =
0
7 29 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm x biết:
4 11 2 3
a) x + x − =0 b) x − x + =
0
9 5 7 4
1 2 5 5
c) − x . 2 x + =
0 d) 2 x + . − x =
0
3 5 3 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm x biết:
13 39
a) ( 2 x + 0,8 ) x − =0 b) ( x + 3) 1,3 x − =0
15 10
3 5 1
c) − 3 x . (1 + 4 x ) =
0 d) ( x − 4,5 ) . − x =
0
4 4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm x biết:
5 3 −5 7 4 −5
a) − x + 3, 25 − x =0 b) − x + 1, 75 − x =0
4 5 2 2 5 3
(
2
)
c) x − 4 x + =
0
2
7
( )
d) 25 − x 5 x − =
2
0
5
9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm x biết:
(
2
)
a) x + 1 x − =
0
5
9
(
b) 5 + 2 x x +
2
) 17
=
21
0
2 4 1 −3 5 35 1 −3
c) x − + : x =
0 d) x − + : x =
0
3 9 2 7 4 16 7 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x biết:
−13 −9
a) 2 x + x = b) 6 x − 1,5 x =
3 4
3 −17 16 7
c) .x + x = d) x − 2x =
4 4 5 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x biết:
9 −13 1 −11
a) 3 x + x − = b) x + x − 2,5 =
20 40 4 20
−13 2 6 9
d) − x + 4 x − =
3
c) .x + ( x + 0, 5 ) =
5 15 3 7 21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm x biết:
−4 −17 −3 −13
a) .x − ( 7, 5 + x ) = b) .x − ( x + 2, 5 ) =
3 4 5 15
−2 −7 −4 −13
c) .x − ( 0, 75 − x ) = d) .x − ( 0, 25 − x ) =
3 5 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x biết:
5 −15 5 5 21
a) 4 x + x − 4 x = b) x − 3x − x =
7 7 6 6 20
1 3 1 −23 3 8 7 −7
c) x+ x− x = d) x− x+ x =
2 5 3 25 2 3 5 25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x biết:
1 3 −1 1 5 −17
a) x + x − 0, 75 x = b) x + x − 1, 75 x =
7 5 35 5 6 30
1 1 −8 1 1 −27
c) x − 0, 25 x − x + =
0 d) x − 0,75 x − x + =
0
5 3 45 3 6 32
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
x + 10 x + 11 x + 12
Tìm x biết: + + +3=0
4 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
x + 2 x +1 x
Tìm x biết: + + +3=0
7 8 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x biết:
x+7 x+6 x+5
a) + + =
−3
2020 2021 2022
x − 90 x − 76 x − 58 x − 36 x − 15
b) + + + + =
15
10 12 14 16 17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
x − 5 x − 4 x − 3 x − 100 x − 101 x − 102
Tìm x biết: + + = + +
100 101 102 5 4 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
1 1 1 1 1 2 3 9
Tìm x biết: + + + ... + x = + + + ... +
2 3 4 10 9 8 7 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm x biết:
−4 5 −3 4 5 1
a) + x= b) + :x=
5 2 10 3 8 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tìm x biết:
5 4 −1 1 8 −7
a) −0, 75 x + . = ; b) x − . 2,5 + : x =
0
2 7 3 3 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm x biết:
1 1 −2 5 −4
a) x −1 = b) + x=
2 6 5 6 15
2 7 5 2 2
c) + :x= d) x−2 x =
1: 0,5
3 4 6 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tìm x biết:
−2 5 7 1 1 1 3
a) :x+ =− b) x+2 = 3 x−
3 8 12 2 2 2 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Tìm x biết:
2 3 1 −3 4
a) x − x + =
0 b) 2 x + x + =0
7 4 5 5 7
5 3 −5
c) − x + 3, 25 − x =0
4 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Tìm x biết:
−2 −5 2 5
a) x : = b) − : x =
3 7 3 6
2 1
d) − .x =
1
c) (−0, 75).x = 3
12 7 21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Tìm x biết:
7 5 2 1 −5 −2
a) .x= − b) :=
x −
4 6 3 2 7 3
4 5 1 −2 2 −1
c) + .x = d) + :x=
3 8 12 7 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Tìm x biết:
−5 3 1 1
a) . x − 0, 75 =
0 b) x. x − =
0
17 5 3 6
4 10
c) ( x + 2). 2 x − =
0 d) (2 − 5 x). x + =0
7 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
Tìm x biết:
8
a) ( 5 x + 3) ( x 2 − 9 ) = b) ( x + 2). 4 x − =
2
0 0
11
3 9 −3 1 8 −7
c) x − . 1,5 + : x =
0 d) x − . 2,5 + : x =
0
4 16 5 3 13 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 30:
Tìm x biết:
1 8 −9
a) −2 x + x =
3 b) x−x =
5 5 10
10 9 2 1 4 9
c) −3 x + 4 x − = d) x −− x − =
21 21 3 3 7 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 31:
Tìm x biết:
1 7 5 1 −9
a) x − 1, 75 − x =
−1 b) x+x− x =
3 3 6 3 4
2 −11 9 9
c) 0, 2 x + x − 1, 7 x = d) x − x + x =
−2
5 10 11 22
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 32:
59 − x 57 − x 55 − x 53 − x 51 − x
Tìm x biết: + + + + =
−5
41 43 45 47 49
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 5: Tìm điều kiện của x để biểu thức nhận giá trị nguyên
*) Phương pháp giải
Tìm điều kiện của x để biểu thức nhận giá trị nguyên, ta thường làm như sau:
Bước 1. Tách phần nguyên.
Tách tử theo mẫu sao cho A có dạng tổng của một số nguyên và một phân số có tử nguyên.
Bước 2. Tìm x.
m
Vận dụng tính chất sau: A = với m, n ∈ , n ≠ 0
n
Để A nhận giá trị nguyên thì m n hay n ∈ ¦ ( m ) .
x +1 −3 −1 1 3
x −4 −2 0 2
Bước 3.
Các giá trị của x đều nguyên và khác −1 .
Vậy x ∈ {0; −2; −4; 2} thì A nhận giá trị nguyên.
Bài 1:
2
Tìm x nguyên để biểu thức P = nhận giá trị nguyên.
2x −1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
3x + 2
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ để A là số nguyên.
x −3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Với x ∈ và x ≠ −1 . Tìm điều kiện để các biểu thức sau nhận giá trị nguyên:
x −1 x2 + 2x −1
a) A = b) B =
x +1 x +1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
3x − 1 2 x2 + x −1
Cho A = và B =
x −1 x+2
a) Tìm x ∈ để A; B là số nguyên
b) Tìm x ∈ để A; B cùng là số nguyên.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 6: Bài toán thực tế
I. Phương pháp giải: Để giải một bài toán thực tế liên quan đến nhân, chia số hữu tỉ, ta thường làm như
sau:
Bước 1: Phân tích bài toán, từ các dữ kiện đề bài xác định các giá trị của cùng một đại lượng (ví dụ: các giá
trị của một đoạn đường, một chiếc bánh, một quyển sách, một đơn vị thời gian...) và thiết lập mối quan hệ
giữa các đại lượng trong bài toán.
Bước 2: Dựa vào quy tắc nhân, chia số hữu tỉ, thực hiện các phép toán tương ứng.
Bước 3: Kết luận.
II. Bài toán:
Bài 1:
8 5
Tính diện tích và chu vi một mảnh vườn đồ chơi hình chữ nhật có chiều dài m và chiều rộng m.
3 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
3
Một cửa hàng có bán một số bao hạt giống, mỗi bao nặng kg, biết của hàng đã bán được 36 kg hạt
4
giống, hỏi cửa hàn đã bán được bao nhiêu bao hạt giống?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Lúc 7 giờ An đi xe đạp từ A đến B với vận tốc 12 km/h. Cùng thời điểm đó thì Bình đi bộ từ B về A với
vận tôc 5 km/h. Hai bạn gặp nhau tại điểm hẹn lúc 7 giờ 45 phút. Tính độ dài quãng đường AB?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
4 2
Một tấm bìa hình chữ nhật có diện tích là cm 2 , chiều rộng là cm.Tính chu vi của tấm bìa đó.
5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
5
Một ô tô đi từ A đến B với vận tốc 40 km/h hết giờ. Sau đó ôtô đi từ B đến A với vận tốc 50 km/h.
4
Tính thời gian cả đi và về của ô tô?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
2
Một tam giác có độ dài một cạnh m và chiều cao tương ứng với cạnh đó bằng nửa cạnh đó. Tính diện
9
tích của tam giác đã cho.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Lúc 6 giờ 50 phút bạn Việt đi xe đạp từ A đến B với vận tốc 15 km/h. Lúc 7 giờ 10 phút bạn Nam đi xe
đạp từ B đến A với vận tốc 12 km/h. Hai bạn gặp nhau ở C lúc 7 giờ 30 phút. Tính quãng đường AB. B.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Bảo và Bình cùng đi từ nhà lúc 6 h 15 phút sáng để đến trường. Nhà Bảo cách trường 6 km và Bảo đi với
vận tốc 10 km/h. Còn Bình đi với vận tốc 12 km/h. Hai bạn cùng đến trường một lúC. Tính quãng đường từ
nhà Bình đến trường?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Hai người thợ cùng làm một công việC. Nếu làm riêng thì người thứ nhất phải mất 4 giờ, người thứ hai
phải mất 6 giờ mới hoàn thành công việC. hỏi nếu làm chung trong 45 phút thì hai người làm được mấy
phần công việc?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Ba người thợ cùng làm một công việC. Nếu làm riêng thì người thứ nhất phải mất 4 giờ, người thứ hai
phải mất 3 giờ, người thứ ba phải mất 6 giờ mới hoàn thành công việC. hỏi nếu làm chung trong 20 phút
thì cả ba người làm được mấy phần công việc?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Có 3 bao đường, bao thứ nhất nặng 42, 6 kg, bao thứ hai nặng hơn bao thứ nhất 14,5 kg, bao thứ ba bằng
3
bao thứ hai. Hỏi ba bao nặng bao nhiêu kilogam?
5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
4
Một công trường xây dựng cần chuyển về 35, 7 tấn sắt. Lần đầu chở được số sắt đó về bằng xe tải, mỗi
7
1
xe tải chở được 1, 7 tấn sắt, lần thứ hai chở hết số sắt còn lại với số xe tải bằng số xe lúc đầu. Hỏi mỗi
2
xe lúc sau chở được bao nhiêu tấn sắt?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Một người trung bình mỗi phút hít thở 15 lần, mỗi lần hít thở 0,55 lít không khí, biết 1 lít không khí nặng
1,3 g. Hãy tính khối lượng không khí 6 người hít thở trong 1 giờ?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Bác Hà có một thửa ruộng hình chữ nhật với chiều dài 110 m , chiều rộng 78 m . Bác Hà cấy lúa trên thửa
ruộng đó, cứ 1ha thu hoạch được 71,5 tạ thóC. Hỏi cả thửa ruộng đó, bác Hà thu hoạch được bao nhiêu tạ
thóc?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Để di chuyển các tầng của tòa nhà bệnh viện, người ta sử dụng thang máy tải trọng tối đa 0, 65 tấn. 14
người gồm bệnh nhân và nhân viên y tế, trung bình mỗi người cân nặng 45, 5 kg , có thể đi cùng thang
máy đó trong một lần được không? Vì sao?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Một đội sản xuất gồm 4 người được trả 7, 2 triệu đồng tiền công. Sau khi tính lao động của từng người thì
1 3
số tiền người thứ nhất, thứ hai, thứ ba lần lượt bằng 30%, , tổng số tiền thu đượC. Tính tiền công mà
3 20
người thứ 4 nhận đượC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Lớp 7 A cuối năm chỉ có 3 loại học sinh là: giỏi, khá, trung bình (không có học sinh yếu, kém). Số học
7
sinh trung bình chiếm số học sinh cả lớp. Số học sinh khá bằng 140% số học sinh giỏi. Tính số học sinh
15
mỗi loại biết lớp 7 A có 45 em.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Điểm kiểm tra trung bình của lớp 7 A là 8, 02 điểm và điểm trung bình của học sinh nữ là 8, 07 điểm. Biết
lớp 7 A có 28 học sinh, số học sinh nam nhiều hơn số học sinh nữ là 4 học sinh. Tính tổng số điểm của các
học sinh nam đạt đượC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Hai xe ô tô chở tất cả 950 kg hàng hóA. Nếu chuyển 50% số hàng ở xe thứ nhất sang xe thứ hai thì xe thứ
hai chở gấp 3 lần xe thứ nhất. Mỗi xe chở bao nhiêu ki-lô-gam hàng hóa?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Nhà Hoa và nhà Hồng cách nhau 3, 6 km. Cùng một lúc Hoa đi xe đạp đến nhà Hồng, Hồng đi bộ đến nhà
HoA. Hai bạn gặp nhau sau khi khởi hành 12 phút. Tính vận tốc của mỗi bạn, biết rằng vận tốc của Hoa
hơn vận tốc của Hồng là 6 km/h.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21. Loài chó nhỏ nhất thế giới: Chó Chihuahua là một giống chó
của Mexico. Nguồn gốc của chúng vẫn là một bí ẩn, người ta chỉ mới
đưa ra suy đoán rằng những hình vẽ trong các bức tranh được tìm thấy ở
Mexico có niên đại 300 năm trước công nguyên là của tổ tiên của
Chihuahua ngày nay.
11
Cân nặng trung bình của một chú chó Chihuahua khoảng kg.
5
English Mastiff có tên tiếng Việt là chó ngao Anh, là
một trong những giống chó to nhất thế giới. Cân
nặng của chó ngao Anh được xem là nặng nhất thế
giới. Chiều cao trung bình của chúng cũng xếp thứ
3 thế giới, vào khoảng 70 cm.
Tuy to lớn là thế nhưng chó ngao Anh khá “hiền”.
Chúng khá trầm tĩnh, ngoan ngoãn và không thích
sủa giống như những chú chó kháC. Đặc biệt chúng cực thích chơi với trẻ em. Chó ngao Anh trước đây
thường được huấn luyện để đấu chó hoặc làm chó nghiệp vụ.
Trung bình cân nặng của một chú chó ngao Anh gấp 45 lần chó ChihuahuA.
Tính cân nặng trung bình của chó ngao Anh?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Một hình chữ nhật có chu vi là 30, 6 cm, chiều rộng là 5, 5 cm. Tính diện tích của hình chữ nhật đó?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
3
Một cửa hàng có 32,8 tạ gạo, ngày thứ nhất cửa hàng bán được số gạo, ngày thứ hai cửa hàng bán được
4
3
số gạo còn lại. Hỏi cửa hàng còn lại bao nhiêu kg gạo chưa bán?
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
.........................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Bạn Nam đạp xe từ nhà tới trường với vận tốc 12 km/h hết 20 phút. Khi về, Nam đạp xe với vận tốc 10
km/h. Thời gian Nam đi từ trường về nhà là bao nhiêu phút?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Một mảnh vườn hình chữ nhật có chiều dài là 72,5 m, chiều rộng kém chiều dài 25, 7 m. Người ta trồng
dâu tây trên mảnh vườn đó, trung bình cứ 9 m2 thì thu được 3, 5 kg dâu tây. Vậy trên mảnh vườn đó người
ta thu được tất cả bao nhiêu tấn dâu tây?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Một vườn cây hình chữ nhật có diện tích 789, 25 m2, chiều dài 38,5 m. Người ta muốn rào xung quanh vườn
và làm cửa vườn. Hỏi hàng rào xung quanh dài bao nhiêu mét, biết cửa vườn rộng 3, 2 m.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Năm 2018 , tổng diện tích đất trồng lúa của nước ta đạt 7570,9 (nghìn ha); giảm 17 so với năm trướC.
1000
Em hãy tính diện tích đất trồng lúa của Việt Nam năm 2017 là bao nhiêu hécta (sử dụng máy tính cầm tay
rồi làm tròn đến hàng đơn vị).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Trong đó: x là cơ số và n là số mũ
Quy ước: = x 0 1( x ≠ 0 )
x1 x; =
n
a a an
Khi viết số hữu tỉ x dưới dạng ( a, b ∈ Z , b ≠ 0 ) , ta có: =
b b bn
2. Các phép toán về lũy thừa
a) Tích và thương của hai lũy thừa cùng cơ số
+ Khi nhân hai lũy thừa cùng cơ số, ta giữ nguyên cơ số và cộng hai số mũ.
Với x ∈ , m, n ∈ ta có: x m .x n = x m + n
+ Khi chia hai lũy thừa cùng cơ số khác 0, ta giữ nguyên cơ số và lấy số mũ của lũy thừa bị chia trừ
đi số mũ của lũy thừa chia.
Với x ∈ , m, n ∈ ta có: x m .x n = x m + n
x m : x=
n
x m − n ( x ≠ 0, m ≥ n )
Ta có: ( x m ) = x m.n
n
Với x, y ∈ , n ∈ ta có: ( x. y ) = x n . y n
n
+ Lũy thừa của một thương bằng thương các lũy thừA.
n
x xn
Với x, y ∈ , n ∈ ta có: = ( y ≠ 0)
y yn
3. Lũy thừa với số mũ nguyên âm
Lũy thừa với số mũ nguyên âm của 10 thường được dùng để viết những số rất nhỏ cho thuận tiện.
1
Với x ∈ , x ≠ 0, n ∈ * ta có x − n =
xn
Ví dụ: Khối lượng của nguyên tử hydro là: 0,
g được viết gọn là 1, 66.10 g .
00...0166 −24
23
n (
x ∈ , x ≠ 0, n ∈ * )
1
x−n =
x
Bài 1:
2 3
2 2
Tính ( −3) ; ; −1 ;1100 ; ( −2 ) .
4 0
5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
2
1
Tính ( −1) ; ( −1) ;3 ; ; ( −2 ) ; ( −2 ) .
−2
20 21 5 6
3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
3 4
2 3 1
Tính ; ( −1,5 ) ; ( −4 ) ; 1 ; ( −1) ; ( −1) ; ( −2 ) ; ( 2 ) .
3 15 1000 10 10
3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
−1
5 2
2
Tính ( −3) ; ; ( 0,1) ;10−3 ; ; ( 2,5 )
−5 3 −2
3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tính:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tính:
a ) ( −0,5 ) ; b) ( −0,5 ) ;
2 3
0 2
1 1
c) −10 ; d) −5 .
2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Hãy tính:
c) a n .a 2 d) (( −0,5) 2 2
);
5
1 32
e) .55 ; f) .
5 ( 0,375)
2
1203
h) ( 0,125 ) .512;
3
g) ;
403
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Thu gọn
a) 73.75 b) 56.54 c) 43.47
d) ( −2 ) . ( −2 ) e) ( −6 ) . ( −6 ) f) ( −0,1) . ( −0,1)
5 6 5 3 2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Thu gọn
3 2 5 3 2 7
3 3 4 4 1 1
a) . b) − . − c) .
2 2 5 5 2 2
−7 −7 −2 −2 3 −3
2 3 3 4
d) . e) . f) .
8 8 3 3 4 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Hãy tính:
(( −0,5) )
4 3
2 3 2 1
a) b) − c) −
3 3
2 0
5 3
d) −1 e) ( −0, 6 ) f) −
4
7 25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Viết số dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ
*) Phương pháp giải
Bước 1. Phân tích các cơ số ra thừa số nguyên tố
Bước 2. Áp dụng định nghĩa và các phép tính lũy thừa để viết số dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ
Bài 1:
81
Viết dưới các dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ khác nhau
16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Viết 0,1; 0,01 và 1000 dưới dạng lũy thừa của cơ số 10.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Viết các số sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ: 16; 25;32;81;128;125 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
256
Viết số dưới dạng lũy thừa của các số hữu tỉ khác nhau.
625
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
1
Viết các số sau dưới dạng lũy thừa cơ số 5: ;0, 008;125
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Viết các số sau dưới dạng lũy thừa có cùng số mũ là 5: 32;315 ; 410 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Viết các tích sau dưới dạng một lũy thừa:
a) 6.36.1296; b) 25.5.125; c) 49.7.343;
2 4 8 3 9 27
d) . . ; e) . .
3 9 27 4 16 64
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 1. Thực hiện phép tính bằng cách đưa về cùng cơ số
*) Phương pháp giải:
Bước 1. Đưa các lũy thừa về dạng lũy thừa của các cơ số giống nhau (thường chọn ước chung nhỏ nhất
khác 1 của các cơ số).
Bước 2. Áp dụng các quy tắc lũy thừa của một tích hoặc một thương để tính toán kết quả
Bài 1:
Thực hiện các phép tính sau:
a) 82.24 b) 223 : 43 c) 1253 : 25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Rút gọn các biểu thức sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ:
3
1 4
27 4.32 1252.253 .64
c) 3
8
a) b)
93 54 4
Hướng dẫn giải
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 2: Thực hiện phép tính bằng cách đưa về cùng số mũ
*) Phương pháp giải:
Bước 1.
Phân tích tìm ra số mũ chung của các thừa số
Bước 2. Biến đổi các thừa số để đưa về số mũ giống nhau rồi áp dụng công thức lũy thừa của một tích hoặc
một thương
Bài 1:
Viết các biểu thức sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ:
c) ( 0,125 ) .644 .
8
a) 712.27 4 . b) 159 :1253 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Rút gọn các biểu thức sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ:
a) 49.527 b) 312.216
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Rút gọn rồi tính
−14
3 3 5 5 2018 2018
2 8 7 1 1
a) : b) − : c) − :
3 27 5 18 7 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 2 2 2
5 35 1 2
a) − :− b) − .
4 24 2 5
2 3 3 3
1 1 1 3
c) : d) − .
9 3 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 3: Thực hiện các phép tính phức tạp
Bài 1:
Rút gọn các biểu thức:
3 2
2 3
. − . ( −1)
5
66 + 63.33 + 36
a) 2
3 4
b)
2 5
2
−73
. −
5 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Thực hiện các phép tính sau:
−18
2 3 2
2 1 20
a) + b) − .
5 3 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Thực hiện các phép tính sau:
a)=
A ( 3 ) − ( −2 ) − ( −5 )
2 2 3 2 2 2
0 2
1 1 2 1
b) B = 23 + 3. . .4 + ( −2 ) : : 8
2 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Thực hiện các phép tính sau:
1 1
a) a ) A = 32. .812. 3
243 3
1
b) b) B = ( 4.25 ) : 23.
16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tính giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
−1
−1 −1 −1 −1 −6 1
3 2 0 2
a) A = . . b) B = − + : 2
3 3 3 3 7 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
3 2 3 2 3
3 3 2 3 2
a )=A 1 − 1 + ( −1, 031) b) =
B − 4. −1 + −
0
4 4 3 4 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
( 0,8) ;
5
4510.520
a) ; b)
( 0, 4 )
6
7515
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
( −0,3) .28
7
215.94
a) 6 3 . b)
( 0, 6 )
7
6 .8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
317.8111 92 ⋅ 211
a) b)
2710.915 162 ⋅ 63
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
( −3) .155
10
430.343
a) A= 3 b) B =
25 . ( −9 )
7
257.2715
c) C =1 − 2 + 22 − 23 + 24 − .... + 22022
d ) D =1 + 3 + 32 + 33 + 34 + .... + 32022
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm giá trị của các biểu thức sau:
( 0,8)
2
33.34 23.42 27 2.9
a) 10 b) c) d)
( 0, 4 )
2
3 83 81
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tính:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Thực hiện phép tính:
( 0, 6 )
3 2 5
1 1 1
a) 4. − + b) .62 +
2 2 6 ( 0, 2 )
6
3 2
1 1 3 3 2 1
c) − d) − . −
2 6 5 4 6 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Viết các biểu thức sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Điền số thích hợp vào ô trống:
1 1 27 3
a) = b) − =
8 2 64
5
c) 0, 0001 = ( 0,1) d) 243 =
27 3 2
e) − = f) − 0, 25 =
125
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Điền số thích hợp vào ô trống:
5 2
3 3 3
a) − = − . −
4 4 4
7
b) ( −0, 25 )8 =
( −0, 25)
2 4
9 1 1 1
c) =
−1 . −1 . −1
2 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Viết các biểu thức sau dưới dạng lũy thừa của một số hữu tỉ:
2 4 8 3 9 27
d) ( 0,3) .703.
3
a) . . ; b) . . c) 82 : 493 ;
3 9 27 4 16 64
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Viết các số sau dưới dạng lũy thừa có
3 81
b) Cơ số là 0,3 : 0, 027; 0,09; ; .
10 10000
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
2 2
5 1 3 5
b) ( 32 ) − ( −5 ) + ( −2 ) ;
2 2 1 3 2
a) + + − ;
12 3 4 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
1
2 3 3 5 3 3 3 1
0
2 1
a ) 4. + 25. : : ; b) 2 +3. −1+ ( −2 ) : − 8
3
4
4 4 2 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
46.95 + 69.120 42.252 + 32.125
a ) A = 4 12 11 b) B =
8 .3 − 6 23.52
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
( −27 ) .1625
10
1
a) b) ( 4.25 ) : 23.
630. ( −32 ) 16
15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
So sánh
a ) 22 và ( 22 ) b) ( −1) và ( −1)
3 3 99 999
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
So sánh
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
So sánh (bằng cách đưa về cùng cơ số)
b) ( −16 ) và ( −32 )
11 9
a ) 4100 và 2202
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
So sánh (bằng cách đưa về cùng số mũ)
b) ( 0, 6 ) và ( −0,9 )
9 6
a ) 312 và 58
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
So sánh (bằng cách đưa về cùng số mũ)
a ) 5300 và 3500 b) 224 và 316
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
So sánh:
a ) 315 và 17 7 b) 812 và 128
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
So sánh:
a ) 4825 và 851 b) 9920 và 999910
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
So sánh:
a ) ( 0, 4 ) va ( −0,8 )
60 30
b) 52000 va 101000 ;
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
So sánh:
a ) 2100 ; 375 ; 550 ; b) 999 va 999 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
So sánh:
10 50
5 10 1 1
a ) 35 và 6 b) và
16 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
So sánh:
a ) 3344 và 4433 b) 555333 và 333555
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
So sánh
1 1 1 1
a) 300
và 200 b) và 199
300
2 3 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
So sánh
a ) 528 và 2614 b) 421 và 647
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
So sánh
8 5 15 20
1 1 1 3
a ) − và b) và
4 8 10 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
So sánh
a ) 10750 và 7375 b) 544 và 2112
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
100100 + 1 100101 + 1
So sánh M và N biết M = và N =
10099 + 1 100100 + 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
20082008 + 1 20082007 + 1
So sánh A và B biết A = và B =
20082009 + 1 20082008 + 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Bài 19:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
1 1 1 1 1
So sánh: A = + 2 + 3 + ... + 99 vs .
3 3 3 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
So sánh 96 và 84 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
So sánh:
a) 83 và 162 . b) 3100 và 2730 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
So sánh các cặp số sau:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
So sánh các cặp số sau:
6
1
a) ( 0, 2 ) và
10
b) 4333 và 3444 c) 2500 và 5200
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
A = -B
2. Để tìm số x ở số mũ của lũy thừa, ta thường biến đổi hai vế của đẳng thức về lũy thừa cùng cơ số, rồi sử
dụng nhận xét
An = Am ⇔ m = n ( m, n ∈ Z, A ≠ 0, A ≠ 1 )
Bài 1:
Tìm số tự nhiên n biết:
( −3)
n
625
a) n = 5 b) = −9
5 27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm số tự nhiên n biết:
a) 3n.2n = 36 b) 252 n : 5n = 1252
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm tất cả các số tự nhiên n sao cho:
a ) 2.16 ≥ 2n > 4; b) 9.27 ≤ 3n ≤ 243.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm tất cả các số tự nhiên n sao cho:
a ) 27 < 3n < 3.81 b) 415 ⋅ 915 < 2n ⋅ 3n < 1816.216
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x biết:
a ) 3x + 3x + 2 =917 + 2712 b) 5 x +1 − 5 x =
100.2529
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x biết:
1 x 1 x +1 1 7 1 8 3 x 5 x + 2 3 8 5 10
a) .2 + .2 = .2 + .2 b) .4 + .4 = .4 + .4
5 3 5 3 2 3 2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm tất cả các số nguyên x biết:
1 1 5 3 5 3
a ) − 6 x.6 x + 2 =
615 b) .8 x + 2 − .8 x = .811 − .89
2 3 3 5 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 2: Tìm cơ số của lũy thừa
*) Phương pháp giải:
Bước 1. Đưa các lũy thừa ở cả hai vế về cùng số mũ.
Bài 1:
Tìm số hữu tỉ x , biết rằng:
a ) 112 x −7 = 1111 b) 22 x +1 = 27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
Tìm x , biết:
2 x −1 5
5 5
a) = b ) 2 2 x − 3 = 29
6 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm x , biết:
x 5
2 x−4 3 3
a) 5 =5 10
b) − =
−
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm x , biết:
a ) 32 x + 6 = 310 b) 5 x −1 = 52
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x , biết:
x 5
1 1
a) = b) 6 x + 4 = 610
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x , biết:
a ) ( 3 x − 1) = b) ( x + 1) =
−32.
4 5
81;
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm x , biết:
−5 −5 −5 −9
10 8 8 8
a) : x = b) x : =
9 9 9 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm số hữu tỉ x , biết:
a ) ( 5 x − 1) = b) ( 2 x + 1) = −0, 001;
6 3
729;
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
a ) ( 2 x − 3) = b) ( 2 x − 3 ) =
−64
4 3
54.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm x ∈ Q , biết rằng:
0
1
0; b) ( x − 2 ) =
a) x − =
2
1;
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm x ∈ Q , biết rằng:
2
1 1
a ) ( 2 x − 1) =
−8; b) x + =
3
2 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x , biết:
x 10
1 1 8 2x
a) = ; b) = x −1 ;
16 2 25 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x , biết:
64 −8
x
a) = ; a) 9 x : 3x = 3.
169 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm x , biết:
2 3
1 2
a) x − =
4 b) x + =
27
4 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x , biết:
3
1
a ) ( x + 0,8 ) = b) x − =
2
0, 25 8
3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x biết:
a) x 2 = 1; b) x 4 = 16 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm x biết:
3
1 1
a) x − =; b) ( 2 x − 1) =
−8 .
3
3 27
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tìm x biết
a) x5 = 1; b) x 5 = −1; c) x 2 = 9; d) 4 x 2 = 16 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x biết:
a) ( x − 1) =
4; b) ( 2 − x ) =
2 3
27.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tìm số tự nhiên n biết:
n
1 1 6n
a) = ; b) = 2.
2 16 33.4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tìm số tự nhiên n biết:
( −2 )
n
a) = −8; b) 16n : 2n = 64
16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm x, biết:
a ) ( x + 1) = b) ( 2 x + 1) =
5 4
3 54
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tìm x, biết:
a ) 7 x −1 = 78 b) 33 x −1 = 311
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm x, biết
a) ( x − 2 ) =
4 b) 34− x = 27
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tìm x, biết
a ) (8 x − 1) 2 x +1 =
52 x +1 b) ( x + 5 ) =
−27
3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Tìm các số nguyên x, biết:
a ) 3−2.34.3x = 37 b) 5 x + 4 − 3.5 x +3 =
2.511
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Tìm các số nguyên x, biết:
1 x
a) .2 + 4.2 x =
9.25 b) 92 x +1 = 273
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Tìm n, biết:
1 1
a ) 2−1.2n + 4.2n =
9.25 b) + .2n + 4 − 2n = 214 − 210
3 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Tìm x, biết:
1 1 3 x 7 x +3 3 10 7 13
a ) − .3x + 4 − 4.3x =317 − 4.313 b) .2 + .2 = .2 + .2
2 6 5 5 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
- Nếu biểu thức chỉ có cộng, trừ hoặc nhân, chia ta thực hiện phép tính theo thứ tự từ trái sang phải. Nếu
biểu thức có cả cộng, trừ, nhân, chia hoặc nâng lên lũy thừa ta thực hiện: nâng lên lũy thừa -> nhân, chia ->
cộng, trừ.
b) Đối với biểu thức có dấu ngoặc:
- Nếu biểu thức có dấu ngoặc thì thực hện theo thứ tự: ( ) ⇒ { } ⇒ [ ]
Bài 1:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 7
a) 3,5 − − b) ( −3) . −
7 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Thực hiện phép tính:
−8 15 −6 3
a) − b) .
18 27 21 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2
32 −4 5 3
a) : b) − . −
15 3 6 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Thực hiện phép tính:
1 4 5 1 3
a) − . + b) − + 20210
2 7 14 2 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Thực hiện phép tính:
−1
2
3 8
a) − . b) 20220 −
4 15 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2
3 5 3 2 4
a) + − . − b) 12. − +
7 2 5 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2
3 5 −3 12 25
a) − b) ⋅ ⋅ −
4 6 4 −5 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Thực hiện phép tính:
1 3 −9
2
1 4 1
a) − : b) : −
2 8 2 2 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 1 32 1 3
a) 0, 25 − + 1 b) : + .20100
3 4 2 4 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Thực hiện phép tính:
−1 5
2
32 1
a) : + ( −1)
3
b) − 4,5 − 6
3 9 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Thực hiện phép tính:
−1 1
2 3
9 1 1
a) − 22 : ( −0, 2 ) b) − + − 2 ⋅ −
25 5 5 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Thực hiện phép tính:
(−1)3 2
2
2 5 7 2 1 1
a) +− :2 − b) 3 − 7 + 4 +
15 3 3 6 4 3 6 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2
1 2 4
3 − + : 2022 b) 22.9 : 3 + 0, 2
0
a) 4 3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 2
1 2 1 5
+ −1 b) 1: −1 + 0,5
a) 4 3 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Thực hiện phép tính:
3 −1
0 2 2 2
3 7 2 4
a) .115 + : − b) − 0,5 : 2 − 81.
7 9 3 5 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Thực hiện phép tính:
1 49 5 −1 1
2
a) − 0, 6 : . − +
25 125 6 3 2
b) 2. ( 7 − 33 : 32 ) : 22 + 99 − 100
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Thực hiện phép tính:
{
a) 12 : 400 : 500 − (125 + 25.7 ) − 53 : 52 }
{
b) 303 − 3. 655 − (18 : 2 + 1) .43 + 5 :100 }
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Thực hiện phép tính:
{
a) 500 − 5 409 − ( 23.3 − 21) − 1724
2
}
1 1 1
b) 2 + 3,5 : −4 + 3 + 7,5
3 6 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Thực hiện phép tính:
5 1 −3 4 2
a) + : . − 4 − (−2)3
2 2 4 9
1 1 −5 −5
2 0
b) − − : −
2 3 36 36
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Thực hiện phép tính:
13 104 24 12
a) 1 .0, 75 − + 25% . − 3 : 3
15 195 47 13
−6 3 2 −7 3 −3
0
b) + : (−3) − + + :
7 7 5 8 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Thực hiện phép tính
7 −3 8
a) ( −3) . − b) −
12 9 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Thực hiện phép tính
3 7 3 8
a) . − b) − +1
5 12 7 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2
3 4 −1 4 1
a) − − . b) − + 18. −
5 7 4 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Thực hiện phép tính:
2 2
−3 14 −1 1 2
a) + − . b) − + 9. −
2 7 2 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
22 3
Thực hiện phép tính: − 2 : −1 + 0,5
3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
(−1) 2 3 1 5
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
1 5 5 1 3
13 − 2 − 10 .230 + 46
Tính:
4 27 6 25 4
3 10 1 2
1 + : 12 − 14
7 3 3 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Tính:
{
375 : 32 − 4 + ( 5.32 − 42 ) − 14 1
+1
}
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
Tính hợp lí:
1 3 1 −3 5 4 8 3
a) + − b) + − + +
2 4 2 7 13 7 13 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tính hợp lí:
−5 3 2 3 1 7 5 23 5 3
a) + − − + b) − + + −
14 8 14 8 2 15 7 15 7 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tính hợp lí:
7 1 1 5 4 3 3 5 3
− − + b) − +1 + −
a) 12 3 4 6 9 7 7 9 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tính hợp lí:
−3 2 2 −14 −5 3 −5 8
a) . + . b) . + .
17 3 3 17 7 11 7 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tính hợp lí:
3 5 3 11 11 3 1 3 1
a) . + . + b) .19 − .33
7 8 7 8 7 8 3 8 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính hợp lí:
1 11 12 7 11 14
a) 4.23 : 27 ⋅ b) . − + .
32 15 13 30 15 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tính hợp lí:
1 5 1 7 5 −5 −21 8 −20
a) ⋅ + ⋅ − 20220 b) + + + +
3 4 3 4 13 17 41 13 41
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tính hợp lí:
4 23 22 14 3 2 3 −3 1 1001
a) + − + +1 b) + : + −
9 37 9 37 5 5 2 2 2002
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tính hợp lí:
27 9 12 9 8 −4 8 −9 2
a) : + : b) . + : −3
13 7 13 7 15 9 15 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tính hợp lí:
−2 3 7 −1 10 7 15 38 74 38 15 82
a) + : + + : b) . − − +
3 13 8 3 13 8 37 41 45 41 37 76
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tính hợp lí:
51 1 4 1 1 4 7 5 15 1 5 1 1
a) − + + − − : b) : − − : +
72 3 7 3 2 7 5 7 8 4 7 4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
1 2 3 4 1 5 3 5 10 5 1 2
2 + − − 7 − − − + − 4 b) . − − : −
a) 3 5 5 3 5 3 5 2 3 8 4 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tính hợp lí:
2 2 1 3 3 3
+ − 3+ + +
a) 3 7 14 b) 13 169 91
3 3 7 7 7
−1 − + 7+ + +
7 28 13 169 91
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tính hợp lí:
−4 6 −1 1 −5 −5
2 0
4 4 13 4
a) . + 7 − : − 5 − 2 b) − : −
9 13 9 9 7 9 2 3 36 36
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
4 4 4 4
a) Tính: + . + ... +
1.3 3.5 5.7 99.101
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
−5 7 9 11 3
− + − 3−
a) Tính:
7 9 11 13 4
10 14 18 22 2
+ − + :2−
21 27 33 39 3
1 1 1 11
b) Cho B = − 1 − 1 ..... − 1 . So sánh B với −
4 9 100 21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tính:
1 1 1
a) 1 − 1 − ..... 1 −
2 3 n +1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tính:
6 9 12 16 24 32
3++ − 4+ − −
a) 12 13 17 + 61 213 11
8 12 16 20 30 40
4+ + − 5+ − −
12 13 17 61 213 11
9 18 27 16 24 2
9++ − 2+ − −
b) 11 23 37 − 29 13 17
8 16 24 24 36 3
8+ + − 3+ − −
11 23 37 29 13 17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
1 1 2 2 3
a)Tính: 18 − 0, 06 : 7 + 3 .0,38 : 19 − 2 .4
6 2 5 3 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tính hợp lí:
4 2 4 6 2 7 8 1
a) + − b) − + + −
3 5 3 13 5 13 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tính hợp lí:
4 5 4 16
+ − 1 + 0,5 +
23 21 23 21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tính hợp lí:
1 7 1 4 1 2 1 2 1
a) . + . − b) .17 − .13
5 11 5 11 5 5 2 5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tính hợp lí:
2 3 2 3
16 : − − 28 : −
7 5 7 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Tính:
193 2 3 11 7 11 1931 9
=
E − + : + +
−17 193 386 34 1931 3862 25 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
−5 7 9 11 3
− + − 3−
Tính G =
7 9 11 13 4
10 14 6 22 2
+ − + :2−
21 27 11 39 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
7 33 3333 333333 33333333
Tính: D = + + +
4 12 2020 303030 42424242
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
1 1 1
Tính: A =1 + (1 + 2) + (1 + 2 + 3) + .... + (1 + 2 + 3 + .... + 16)
2 3 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 1:
Tìm x biết:
5 −1 3 2
a) x + = . b) −x=
4 2 8 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm x biết:
−3 1
a) +x= b) 15 x − 133 =
17
5 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm x biết:
1 −2 1 −5
a) − 3 x = b) − x + =
2 5 2 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x biết:
1 −2 3 −2
a) − x = b) 2 x + =
5 3 2 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x biết:
3 −2
2
1 2
a) x + = b) − x + =2
5 5 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm x biết:
x 7 1 3 3 2
a) − = b) x + 2 =1
12 3 4 7 8 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm x biết:
2 5 3 21 1 2
a) x+ = b) − x+ =
3 7 10 13 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm x biết:
3 1 3 11 1
a) + :x= b) − − x =
7 7 14 3 7 21
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm x biết:
1 3 2 2 5
a) − 3 x + =−0, 75 b) − + 2 x =
4 2 7 3 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm x biết:
2 1 3 1 2 2
a) + : 3 x = b) − x − 2 =
3 3 4 2 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm x biết:
−1
3
1 3
a) − 2 x =
b) (2 x − 3) x + 1 =
0
2 2 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x biết:
-2 3 3 10 2 −3 3
a) x − − = b) − 2x + =−2
3 5 −2 3 5 2 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x biết:
2 x − 3 −3 5 − 3 x 1 x + 2 1 4x −1 2
a) + = − b) −1= +
3 2 6 3 4 3 12 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm x biết:
7 7 6 −5 3 1 5 −1
a) − x + : = b) : x + − =
12 6 5 4 4 2 6 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x biết:
2 3 3 1 2 1
a) x + x = b) x+ x−x =
5 5 4 2 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15
Tìm x biết:
20 4141 636363
a) x − 128= 4 − 5 : − 1 : − 1
21 4242 646464
x 1 1
b) −= ( x ≠ 0)
2 x 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm x biết:
2 3 4 7 13 5 6
a) − = − − 2 b) + −
3x 12 5 x x − 1 2 x − 2 3x − 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
1,11 + 0,19 − 13.2 1 1 7 1 23
=
a) Cho A − + : 2 ; B = 5 − 2 − 0,5 : 2
2, 06 + 0,54 2 4 8 4 26
Tìm x ∈ Z để A < x < B
5
b) Có bao nhiêu số nguyên x thỏa mãn: 3 < x − 1 < 10
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x biết:
2 4 1 −3
a) x − + : x =
0
3 9 2 7
b) ( 2 x − 3) − ( x − 5) = ( x + 2) − ( x − 1)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tìm x biết:
x +1 x + 3 x + 5 x + 7
a) + = +
65 63 61 59
x − 6 x − 4 x − 2000 x − 1998
b) + = +
1998 2000 4 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
2 3
Tìm x biết: −x=
5 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
−1 2
Tìm x biết: +x=
8 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
−1 2 7
Tìm x biết: x+ =
3 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
2 3 −4
Tìm x biết: + x=
5 5 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
1
Tìm x biết: (5 x − 1) 2 x − =
0
3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
3 2 1 3
Tìm x biết: − : x − =
2 −5 2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
1 −2 3 6 5
Tìm x biết: + − =
x −1 3 4 5 2 − 2x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
7 1
Tìm x biết: x 2 − x + =0
6 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
+ Số 0, 41666... được gọi là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn có chu kì 6 . Ta viết 5 :12 = 0, 41( 6 ) .
- Nếu một phân số tối giản với mẫu dương mà mẫu không có ưóc nguyên tố khác 2 và 5 thì phân số đó
viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
- Nếu một phân số tối giản vối mẫu dương mà mẫu có ước nguyên tố khác 2 và 5 thì phân số đó viết được
dưới dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
- Mỗi số hữu tỉ được biểu diễn bởi một số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn hoặc hữu hạn. Ngược lại, mỗi số
thập phân hữu hạn hoặc vô hạn tuần hoàn biểu diễn một số hữu tỉ.
+ TH1: Nếu chữ số đầu tiên bỏ đi nhỏ hơn 5 thì ta giữ nguyên bộ phận còn lại. Trường hợp số nguyên, ta
thay các chữ số bỏ đi bằng các chữ số 0
+ Nếu chữ số đầu tiên bỏ đi lớn hơn hoặc bằng 5 thì ta cộng thêm 1 vào chữ số cuối cùng của bộ phận còn
lại. Trường hợp số nguyên, ta thay các chữ số bỏ đi bằng các chữ số 0
Từ đó ta có thể xác định được đường chéo của ti vi theo các đơn vị đo độ dài đã họC.
+ Khi làm tròn số đến một hàng nào đó, kết quả làm tròn có độ chính xác bằng một nửa đơn vị hàng làm
tròn.
+ Chú ý: Muốn làm tròn số thập phân với độ chính xác cho trước, ta có thể xác định hàng làm tròn thích
hợp bằng cách sử dụng bảng dưới đây.
trăm 50
chục 5
đơn vị 0,5
phần mười 0, 05
Dạng 1: Nhận biết một phân số được viết dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay số thập phân vô hạn
tuần hoàn
Bước 1. Viết phân số dưới dạng phân số tối giản với mẫu dương.
Bước 3.
+ Nếu mẫu này không có ước nguyên tố khác 2 và 5 thì phân số đó viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu
hạn;
+ Nếu mẫu này có ước nguyên tố khác 2 và 5 thì phân số đó viết được dưới dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần
hoàn.
Bài 1:
Giải thích tại sao các phân số sau viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn rồi viết dưới dạng đó:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Phân số nào viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn, số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn? Giải thích.
46 −9 9999 117
; ; ; .
3 12 −21 −26
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
−49
Phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
140
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
100
Phân số được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
275
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
11
Phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
24
Phân số: viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
300
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
8
Phân số − viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
35
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Trong bốn phân số dưới đây, có mấy phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn?
65 33 63 45
; ; ; .
30 150 140 36
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Trong bốn phân số dưới đây, có mấy phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
8 21 12 26
; ; ; .
15 35 27 39
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
11
Phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
2 .22022
2021
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
11
Phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn?
2 .52022
2021
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
11
Với giá trị nào của số tự nhiên n thì phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
3n
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
7
Cho A = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để A viết được dưới dạng số thập
2.
phân hữu hạn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
3
Cho A = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để A viết được dưới dạng số thập
2.
phân hữu hạn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
4
Cho A = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để A viết được dưới dạng số thập
5.
phân hữu hạn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Cho A = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để A viết được dưới dạng số thập
15
phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
12
Cho A = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để A viết được dưới dạng số thập
5.
phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
x+4
Tìm số tự nhiên x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
30
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
x+2
Tìm số tự nhiên x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
x+3
Tìm số tự nhiên x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
2x + 3
Tìm số x là số nguyên tố có một chữ số sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu
70
hạn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
x+4
Tìm số tự nhiên x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
22
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Trong các phân số sau, phân số nào viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn? Phân số nào viết được dưới
dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
−15 16 −2
; ; .
42 50 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Trong các phân số sau, phân số nào viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn? Phân số nào viết được dưới
dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
−15 76 −11
; ; .
12 52 22
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Trong các phân số sau, phân số nào viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn? Phân số nào viết được dưới
dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
56 915
, − .
175 120
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Trong các phân số sau, phân số nào viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn? Phân số nào viết được dưới
dạng số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
66 135
, − .
36 198
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
−2003
Cho B = . Hãy điền vào ô vuông một số nguyên tố có một chữ số để B viết được dưới dạng số thập
5.
phân hữu hạn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
x +1
Tìm số nguyên tố x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
x+3
Tìm số chính phương x < 10 sao cho phân số viết được dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn.
14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Nhận biết được số thập phân hữu hạn và số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn, xác định được chu
kì của một số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn. Viết phân số dưới dạng số thập phân
- Căn cứ vào khái niệm để nhận biết số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn tuần hoàn.
- Xét các chữ số sau dấu phẩy để xác định chu kỳ nếu là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
- Viết phân số dưới dạng số thập phân (thực hiện phép chia lấy tử chia cho mẫu, có thể sử dụng máy tính
cầm tay để hỗ trợ).
+ Viết dưới dạng phân số thập phân rối rút gọn đến tối giản nếu là số thập phân hữu hạn;
+ Viết dưới dạng phân số thập phân rối rút gọn đến tối giản nếu là số thập phân hữu hạn; Nếu số thập phân
vô hạn tuần hoàn có chu kì bắt đầu ngay sau dấu phẩy thì ta lấy chu kì làm tử còn mẫu là một số gồm các
chữ số 9 với số chữ số 9 bằng số chữ số của chu kì;
+ Nếu số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn có chu kì không bắt đầu ngay sau dấu phẩy thì ta lấy số gồm các chữ
số trước chu kì và chu kì trừ đi số gồm các chữ số trước chu kì là tử, còn mẫu là một số gồm các chữ số 9
kèm theo các chữ số 0 , số chữ số 9 bằng số chữ số của chu kì, số chữ số 0 bằng số chữ số trước chu kì.
Bài 1:
Trong các số thập phân sau, số nào là số thập phân hữu hạn, số nào là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Trong các số thập phân sau, số nào là số thập phân hữu hạn, số nào là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Số 0,50500500050000... (viết liên tiếp các số 50 , 500 , 5 000 , 50 000 ,… sau dấu phẩy) có phải là số
thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Số 0, 20200200020000... (viết liên tiếp các số 20 , 200 , 2 000 , 20 000 ,… sau dấu phẩy) có phải là số
thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Số 1,353535 có phải là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Viết các phân số sau dưới dạng số thập phân rồi cho biết số nhận được là số thập phân hữu hạn hay vô hạn
tuần hoàn?
5 1 11
; − ; −
16 7 220
Chỉ ra chu kì rồi viết gọn nếu đó là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Hãy viết các phân số sau dưới dạng số thập phân (sử dụng chu kì để viết gọn nếu là số thập phân vô hạn
tuần hoàn).
1 1 1 5
; ; ; .
9 99 999 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
63 6 13 21 8
Viết các số sau dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hoặc vô hạn tuần hoàn: ; ; ; ; .
40 11 3 90 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
3 6 13 21
Viết các số sau dưới dạng số thập phân hữu hạn hoặc vô hạn tuần hoàn: ; ; ; .
40 −11 3 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
1 1 1
Viết các phân số ; ; dưới dạng số thập phân.
9 99 999
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 1. Viết số thập phân hữu hạn dưới dạng phân số tối giản
Bước 1. Viết số thập phân hữu hạn dưới dạng một phân số có tử là số nguyên tạo bởi phần nguyên và phần
thập phân của số đó, mẫu là một lũy thừa của 10 với số mũ bằng số chữ số ở phần thập phân của số đã cho.
Bài 1:
Viết các số thập phân hữu hạn sau đây dưới dạng phân số tối giản.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 2. Viết số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn dưới dạng phân số tối giản
*) Phương pháp giải: Để giải dạng toán này cần có kiến thức bổ sung sau đây:
+ Số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn gọi là đơn nếu chu kì bắt đầu ngay sau dấu phẩy
*) Xét số thập phân với phần nguyên là 0, người ta đã chứng minh được các quy tắc sau:
+ Muốn viết phần thập phân của số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn đơn dưới dạng phân số, ta lấy chu kì làm tử
số, còn mẫu là một số gồm các chữ số 9, số chữ số 9 bằng số chữ số của chu kì
21 7
Ví dụ: 0, ( 21=) = .
99 33
+ Muốn viết phần thập phân của số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn tạp dưới dạng phân số, ta lấy số gồm phần
bất thường và chu kì trừ đi phần bất thường làm tử, còn mẫu là một số gồm các chữ số 9 và 0 trong đó số
chữ số 0 bằng số chữ số của phần bất thường, số chữ số 9 bằng số chữ số của chu kì.
321 − 3 318 53
Ví dụ: 0,3 ( 21
= ) = = .
990 990 165
*) Chú ý: Nếu phần nguyên khác 0, thì ta chuyển phần thập phân sang phân số rồi cộng với phần nguyên.
3 1 4
Ví dụ: 1, ( 3=) 1= 1= .
9 3 3
Bài 2:
Viết các số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Viết các số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Viết các số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Viết các số thập phân hữu hạn sau đây dưới dạng phân số tối giản.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Hãy viết số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản:
1, (15)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Hãy viết số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản: −2, ( 4 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Hãy viết số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản:
1, 02 ( 5 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Hãy viết số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản:
0, ( 21)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Hãy viết số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản:
−0, 0 (18 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Trong các số thập phân sau, số nào là số thập phân hữu hạn, số nào là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Số 0,12345678... (viết liên tiếp các số tự nhiên liên tiếp,… sau dấu phẩy) có phải là số thập phân vô hạn
tuần hoàn hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Viết các phân số sau dưới dạng số thập phân, viết gọn với chu kì nếu đó là số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn.
5 1 11
; − ; −
16 7 220
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Hãy viết các số thập phân sau dưới dạng phân số tối giản:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Sử dụng chu kỳ, hãy viết gọn số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn −0,1232323...
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Sử dụng chu kỳ, hãy viết gọn số thập phân vô hạn tuần hoàn −0,151515...
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Chứng tỏ rằng: 0, (37) + 0, (62) =
1;
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Chứng tỏ rằng: 0, (33) ⋅ 3 =1.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
+ Nếu chữ số đầu tiên bỏ đi nhỏ hơn 5 thì ta giữ nguyên bộ phận còn lại. Trường hợp số nguyên, ta thay
các chữ số bỏ đi bằng các chữ số 0
Ví dụ: 354, 452 ≈ 354, 45 (chính xác đến chữ số thập phân thứ hai).
+ Nếu chữ số đầu tiên bỏ đi lớn hơn hoặc bằng 5 thì ta cộng thêm 1 vào chữ số cuối cùng của bộ phận còn
lại.
Ví dụ:
354, 452 ≈ 354,5 (chính xác đến chữ số thập phân thứ nhất).
Bài 1:
Làm tròn số 3,14159...
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Theo https://danso.org/viet-nam, vào ngày 24/4/2022, dân số Việt Nam là 98807 738 người. Hãy làm tròn
dân số của Việt Nam đến hàng triệu.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Một chiếc xe có khối lượng là 12 tấn (khối lượng của xe lúc không có hàng hóa trên xe). Trên xe chở 9
thùng hàng, mỗi thùng có khối lượng là 1,3 tấn. Hỏi khối lượng của cả xe và hàng là bao nhiêu tấn (làm
tròn với độ chính xác 0,5 )?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Làm tròn số 1, ( 54 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Làm tròn số 2, ( 36 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Làm tròn số 1, (183)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Theo vast.gov.vn, Báo Cheetah là loài nhanh nhất thế giới được biết đến với tốc độ siêu việt có thể đạt đến
120km/h, còn tốc độ tối đa của ngựa đạt 88km/h. Tính tỉ số giữa tốc độ tối đa của báo Cheetah và tốc độ tối
đa của ngựa (kết quả làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ hai).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Làm tròn mỗi số đến hàng đơn vị, rồi tính giá trị của biểu thức
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Làm tròn mỗi số đến hàng đơn vị, rồi tính giá trị của biểu thức
5,37 ⋅12,8
M=
24,56
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Cho biết 1 inch ≈ 2,54 cm. Tính độ dài đường chéo bằng đơn vị cm một màn hình 32 inch và làm tròn với
độ chính xác 0, 05 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Một hãng hàng không quốc tế quy định mỗi hành khách được mang hai vali không tính cước; mỗi vali cân
nặng không vượt quá 23 kg. Hỏi với vali cân nặng 50,99 pound sau khi quy đổi sang kilôgam và làm tròn
đến hàng đơn vị thì có vượt quá quy định về khối lượng không? (Cho biết 1 pound ≈ 0, 45359237 kg).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Cho số x = 0,12345...998999 trong đó ở bên phải dấu phẩy ta viết các số từ 1 đến 999 liên tiếp nhau. Làm
tròn số đó với độ chính xác 0, 0000005 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Cho số x = 0,12345...998999 trong đó ở bên phải dấu phẩy ta viết các số từ 1 đến 999 liên tiếp nhau. Làm
tròn số đó đến chữ số thập phân thứ mười sáu.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Cho số x = 0,12345...998999 trong đó ở bên phải dấu phẩy ta viết các số từ 1 đến 999 liên tiếp nhau. Làm
tròn số đó đến chữ số thập phân thứ 35 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Cho số x = 0,12345...998999 trong đó ở bên phải dấu phẩy ta viết các số từ 1 đến 999 liên tiếp nhau. Làm
tròn số đó đến chữ số thập phân thứ 100 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Cho số x = 0,12345...998999 trong đó ở bên phải dấu phẩy ta viết các số từ 1 đến 999 liên tiếp nhau. Làm
tròn số đó đến chữ số thập phân thứ 2003 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Làm tròn các số 55,2173; 0,346 đến chữ số thập phân thứ hai.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Làm tròn các số sau đến chữ số hàng nghìn: 59436; 56873; 754144,5; 247,91.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
In-sơ (inch, số nhiều là inches), kí hiệu là “in”, là đơn vị đo chiều dài thuộc hệ thống đo lường của Anh,
Mỹ. Biết 1in ≈ 2,54 cm .
a) Hỏi 1 cm gần bằng bao nhiêu in-sơ (làm tròn đến số thập phân thứ hai)?
b) Khi nói “Ti vi 23in”, ta hiểu là một loại ti vi có đường chéo màn hình bằng 23in. Tính đường chéo màn
hình theo đơn vị xen-ti-mét (làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ nhất).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Làm tròn số 3,141592653
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Theo https://danso.org/viet-nam, vào ngày 24/4/2022, dân số Việt Nam là 98807 738 người. Hãy làm tròn
dân số của Việt Nam đến hàng nghìn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
Làm tròn số 1, 2 ( 64 ) với độ chính xác là 0, 05 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 30:
Làm tròn số 1, ( 257 ) với độ chính xác là 0, 005 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 31:
7,53 ⋅12, 45
Làm tròn các số đến hàng đơn vị rồi tính giá trị của biểu thức M =
15,913
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 32:
Tìm x trong tỉ lệ thức: 8,5 : x = 3, 7 : 0,9 (làm tròn kết quả đến hàng phần mười).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Như vậy, trong ví dụ trên thì cạnh của hình vuông có diện tích bằng 2 cm 2 là 2 cm
Chú ý: Số âm không có căn bậc hai.
b) Tính chất: Với hai số dương bất kì a và b
+) Nếu a = b thì a = b và ngược lại.
+) Nếu a < b thì a < b và ngược lại.
3. Tính căn bậc hai số học bằng máy tính cầm tay.
Dạng 1: Tính căn bậc hai của một số cho trước và tìm một số biết căn bậc hai của nó
Bài toán 1. Tìm căn bậc hai của một số cho trước
*) Phương pháp giải:
Các phép toán trong tập hợp các số vô tỉ cũng có các tính chất tương tự các phép toán trong tập hợp các số
hữu tỉ.
Để thực hiện phép tính có chứa căn bậc 2 , ta có thể làm như sau:
Bước 1. Tính các giá trị căn bậc hai (có thể dùng định nghĩa hoặc máy tính)
Bước 2. Thực hiện đúng thứ tự phép tính.
Bài 1:
Tìm căn bậc hai của:
a) 4. b) −5. c) 0.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm căn bậc hai của:
9
a) 25. b) 0,0001. c) . d) −6 .
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
9
( −5)
2
Tính 100; ;− ; 52 ;
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Sử dụng máy tính bỏ túi để tính (làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ 2).
a) 2; b) 9; c) 5; d) 0,25 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm căn bậc hai số học của:
a) 4 . b) −5 c) 0 d) 81
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tính
a) 36 b) 64 c) 1 d) 625
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính
4 100 1 49
a) b) c) d)
9 81 16 25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tính
a) 0,04 b) 0,01 c) 0 ,0009 d) 0 ,25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tính
a) 32 b) 62 c) 212 d) 1002
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Sử dụng máy tính bỏ túi để tính (làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ 2).
a) 2 b) 3 c) 5 d) 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Sử dụng máy tính bỏ túi để tính (làm tròn đến hàng phần chục).
a) 2 b) 3 c) 8 d) 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tính
1 7 9 15
a) 2 b) 2 c) 1 d) 1
4 9 16 49
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tính
a) 1,44 b) 6 ,25 c) 1,21 d) 1,96
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tính
( −5 ) ( −2 ) c) − 400 d) − 72
2 4
a) b)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm căn bậc hai số học của:
a) a với a ≥ 0 b) ( a − 1) với a ≥ 1
2 2
c) ( a + 1) với a ≥ 0 d) 9 ( a − 1) với a ≥ 1
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tính độ dài cạnh của hình vuông có diện tích bằng:
a) 64 cm 2 b) 625m 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Để lát sân gạch có diện tích 100m 2 , người ta đã dùng vừa đủ 1600 viên gạch hình vuông cùng cỡ. Hỏi
mỗi viên gạch có độ dài cạnh là bao nhiêu, biết rằng diện tích các mạch ghép là không đáng kể?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Chứng minh rằng 5 là số vô tỉ.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài toán 2: Tìm một số biết căn bậc hai của nó
*) Phương pháp giải: Ta sử dụng định nghĩa
Căn bậc hai của số a không âm là số x sao cho x 2 = a .
Do đó, để tìm một số biết căn bậc hai của nó, ta bình phương căn bậc hai.
x a ( a ≥ 0 ) thì x = a 2 .
Nếu =
Bài 1:
Hãy cho biết mỗi số sau là căn bậc hai của số nào?
1
2;0; −1; ; 3; −0, 4
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Điền số thích hợp vào ô trống:
( −5)
2
x 3 16 19 12,25 0,25
1
x 2 7
2
Bài 3:
Tìm căn bậc hai của:
4
a) 9. b) 0,12 . c) . d) −36 .
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm căn bậc hai của các số sau:
9
a) 49. b) 0,25. c) d) −1
49
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Điền số thích hợp vào ô trống:
( −3)
2
x 9 16 1
x 2 23 1,1
Bài 6:
Điền số thích hợp vào ô trống:
x 3 6
x 225 0,0025
Bài 7:
Tính 6; 0,04; 11 bằng cách sử dụng máy tính bỏ túi (làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ 2).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 3: Thực hiện phép tính
*) Phương pháp giải
Các phép toán trong tập hợp các số thực cũng có các tính chất tương tự các phép toán trong tập hợp các số
hữu tỉ
Để thực hiện phép tính có chứa căn bậc 2, ta có thể làm như sau
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tính:
1 1
a) + ; b) 4 + 36 + 81;
9 16
c) 13 + 23 ; d) 13 + 23 + 33 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tính giá trị biểu thức:
1 25 49 441 1 1
a) M = + − : ; b) N =
−4 +3 − 5 0,04 .
9 36 81 324 16 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tính:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tính giá trị biểu thức:
4 25 49 121 9 1
a) A = + − : b) B =
−5 +6 − 5 0,25 .
9 144 81 36 25 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
1 1 1
Tính: A = 2 + 3,5 : −4 + 3 + 7,5 .
3 6 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính
a) (3 )
2 2
b) (2 ) 2 3
c) 3,2.0 ,2 d) 1,72 − 1,52
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tính
0,04 0,36
( 2 ,8 − 0,5)
2
a) b) c)
0,49 2 ,25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Thực hiện phép tính:
a) A= 49 − 25 + ( −1) b) B= 36 − ( −3) + 16
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
1
=
Thực hiện phép tính: A 36 . 3. 16 − +2
9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Thực hiện phép tính:
9 25
a) A= + + ( −2 ) ( −2 ) ( −3) − − ( −4 )
4
b) B= +
2 2 3
16 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Chứng tỏ rằng: 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + ( n − 1) + n + ( n − 1) + ... + 3 + 2 + 1 =n Với n ≥ 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Sử dụng máy tính bỏ túi để tính (làm tròn đến chữ số thập phân thứ 1).
a) 7 b) 11 c) 12 d) 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tính
2 2
3 1
( −1,5) −
2 2
a) 2 ,7 b) c) d)
4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tính
100 225 27
a) b) c) 1 d) 3,24
81 169 169
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tính
2
1
( −2 ) 25 − 9
4
a) 34
b) c) 1 d)
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Thực hiện phép tính:
49 1
( −6 ) b) B= + + ( −3)
4
a) A= 121 − 100 +
2
64 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
1
= 64 . 25 − 6 + ( −4 ,5)
2
Thực hiện phép tính: A
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Để lát gạch cho một công viên, người ta đã dùng vừa đủ 1500 viên gạch hình vuông cùng cỡ. Biết tổng
diện tích lát gạch là 240m 2 và diện tích các mạch ghép là không đáng kể, hãy tính độ dài cạnh của mỗi viên
gạch.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Để lát nền nhà có diện tích 90m 2 , người ta đã dùng vừa đủ 1000 viên gạch hình vuông cùng cỡ. Hỏi mỗi
viên gạch có độ dài cạnh là bao nhiêu, biết rằng diện tích các mạch ghép là không đáng kể?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 4: Tìm x
*) Phương pháp giải: Ta sử dụng các tính chất sau:
+ x = a thì x = a 2 với a ≥ 0 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm x, biết: x −1 − 3 =2.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm x, biết: ( x 2 − 4 )( x 2 − 3) =
0.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x, biết: x 2 + 16 =
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x, biết: x −3 +3=9.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm x không âm biết:
a) x =4 b) x =5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x 2 = 9 b) x 2 = 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm x không âm biết:
3
a) x= b) x = 0,5
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm x , biết:
25
a) x 2 = b) x 2 = 0,04
64
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Tìm x không âm biết:
a) x −9 =0 b) 2 x = 10
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x 2 − 10 =
0 b) 64 − x 2 =
0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x biết:
a) x +1 =2 Với x ≥ −1 b) x −1 =3 Với x ≥ 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm x biết:
a) ( x + 1) = b) ( x − 3) =
2 2
49 81
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x biết:
3 1
a) x − 1 = Với x ≥ 1 b) 3 − x = Với x ≤ 3
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x biết:
2 4
a) − x +1 =0 Với x ≥ −1 b) 1 − x − =0 Với x ≤ 1
3 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm x , biết:
a) 18 − ( 5 + x ) = b) ( 2 − x ) − 16 =
2 2
14 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tìm x không âm biết:
5 1 1
a) 3 x − 24 =
0 b) x− =
12 6 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x , biết:
3 1
a) 5 x 2 − 76 =
4 b) − 2 x2 =
8 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Tìm x không âm biết:
5 5 1 1
a) −2 x =
1 b) x− =
4 12 6 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tìm x biết:
6 5 2 6
a) − 13 x − 1 = Với x ≥ 1 b) x + 7 + 1 = Với x ≥ −7
7 21 5 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm x , biết:
2
5
a) 5 (1 − x ) + 7 = b) 10 − 4 x + =
2
12 1
7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tìm x , biết:
( x − 1) = x +1 + 2 =0 Với x ≥ −1
2
a) 5 b)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm x , biết:
1 1
a) x2 + x − =− Với x ≥ 0 ; x ≤ −1 4 Với x ≥ 2 ; x ≤ 0
b) 4 − 3 x 2 − 2 x =
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tìm x biết:
2 15
x + 2 − 3 x + 2 =− Với x ≥ −2 b) 4 ( x − 5) − = ( x − 5)
2 2
a)
7 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Tìm x không âm biết:
a) x =7 b) x = 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Tìm x , biết:
9
a) x 2 = b ) x 2 = 0,16
25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x 2 − 9 =0 b) 1 − x =
0 Với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Tìm x biết:
a) 4 x = 2 Với x ≥ 0 b) 75 − 3x 2 =
0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
Tìm x , biết:
1 1
x+ =
4 Với x ≥ − b) 4 ( 2 − x ) =
2
a) 1
3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 30:
Tìm x biết:
3
a) 6 − x + 7 =0 Với x ≥ −7 b) 2− x − =0 Với x ≤ 2
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 31:
Tìm x biết:
2 3 1 1
a) 2x −1 − = Với x ≥ b) 3 1 − 3x − 2 =
1 Với x ≤
3 4 2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 33:
Tìm x , biết:
3
a) ( 4 x − 1) + = b) 17 − 9 ( 2 x + 3) =
2 2
1 1
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 5: So sánh hai số
*) Phương pháp giải: Sử dụng tính chất
*) Với hai số dương bất kì a và b thì:
+) a =b ⇔ a =b
+) a < b ⇔ a < b
+) a < b ⇔ a 2 < b2
*) Nếu a > m , m > b thì a > b
*) Nếu x > y,z > t thì x + z > y + t
Bài 1:
So sánh:
a) 16 với 4. b) 11.3 và 44 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
So sánh:
a) 2 với 3. b) 3 với 10 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
So sánh hai số thực sau:
a) 9.16 với 9. 16 . b) 3 7 với 8. c) 2 3 với 3 2 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
So sánh:
a) 3 2 với 2 5 . b) −5 6 với −6 5 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
So sánh:
a) 9. 4 với 9.4 . b) 3 5 với 6.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
So sánh:
a) 16 và 4 b) 24 và 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
So sánh:
a) 50 và 38 b) 11.3 và 44
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
So sánh:
a) − 37 và − 62 b) − 26 và 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
So sánh:
3 3 25 16
a) và b) và
2 4 43 43
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
So sánh:
3 1
a) 1 và 1 b) 0,8 và 0,64
4 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
So sánh:
25 25
a) 25.4 và 25 . 4 b) và
4 4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
So sánh:
1 9 14 2
a) 1 và b) và
2 8 39 13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
So sánh:
3 4
a) 1 và 1,8 b) − 2 và − 2 ,5
4 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
So sánh:
2
2 2 4 2
a) 5. và 1 − b) 6: và 1
5 5 5 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
So sánh:
a) 16 + 9 và 16 + 9 b) 25 − 9 và 25 − 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
So sánh:
a) 35 + 99 và 16 b) 26 + 50 và 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
So sánh: 7 6 và 6 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
1 1 1 1
So sánh: − và −
2 3 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
So sánh: 5 ( −10) 2 và 10 ( −5) 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
So sánh: 50 + 2 và 50 + 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
So sánh: 8 − 5 và 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
So sánh: 6 + 12 + 30 + 56 và 19
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Chứng minh: 1 + 2 + 3 + ... + 8 + 9 < 5 5 + 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
So sánh 2 + 6 + 20 + 12 và 12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25
So sánh 8 + 15 và 65 − 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
So sánh:
a) 49 và 6 b) − 2 và − 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
So sánh:
5 11
a) và b) − 1000 và 4
16 16
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
So sánh:
3 13 15 9
a) 2 và b) và
4 12 28 14
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
So sánh:
25 5
a) 31 và 5 b) và
49 8
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 30:
So sánh:
a) 50 + 17 và 11
b) 26 + 17 và 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 31:
So sánh:
a) 63 − 27 và 63 − 27
b) 169 − 25 và 169 − 25
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 32:
So sánh: 2 + 6 + 30 + 90 và 19
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 33:
So sánh 24 + 35 và 145 − 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 6: Tìm giá trị lớn nhất và giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức chứa căn bậc hai
*) Phương pháp giải: Áp dụng tính chất cơ bản sau:
x ≥ 0 với mọi x ≥ 0 . Dấu “=” xảy ra khi x = 0 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P =
1− 2 x − 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của A, B (giả thiết các căn bậc hai đều có nghĩa).
a) =
A x + 2 b) B = x +5 −3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của A, B (giả thiết các căn bậc hai đều có nghĩa).
a) A= 4 − x b) B =−5 − x + 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
1
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau: =
A x+ với x ≥ 0
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P = 1 − x với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P = −5 x với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau: A = 7 x với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau: A= x − 1 + 2 với x ≥ 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
5
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau: A= x+3− với x ≥ −3
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P =4 − x − 2 với x ≥ 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
3
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P = − x + 1 với x ≥ −1
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P = 3,5 − x + 1,5 với x ≥ −1,5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau:=A 6 x + 1 với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
3
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau: A= 5 x − 4 − với x ≥ 4
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P =−
4 3 x − 1,2 với x ≥ 1, 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P =
1 − 3 x + 2 với x ≥ −2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
2 1
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau: P =− x + 3 với x ≥ −3
3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
−3
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức A = với x ≥ 0
x +2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
x −1
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức B = với x ≥ 0
x +1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
1
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức C = với x ≥ 0
x +1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
x +3
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức sau D = với x ≥ 0
x +2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức sau E =x + x + 1 với x ≥ 0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 7: Tìm giá trị nguyên của x để biểu thức nhận giá trị nguyên
*) Phương pháp giải: Tìm điều kiện của x để biểu thức nhận giá trị nguyên, ta thường làm như sau:
Bước 1. Tách phần nguyên.
Tách tử theo mẫu sao cho A có dạng tổng của một số nguyên và một phân số có tử nguyên.
Bước 2. Tìm x.
m
Vận dụng tính chất sau: A = với m, n ∈ , n ≠ 0 .
n
Để A nhận giá trị nguyên thì m n hay n ∈ ¦ ( n ) .
Bài 1:
x
Với x ≥ 0, x ≠ 1 , tìm x ∈ để A = nhận giá trị là số nguyên.
x −1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
2
Với x ≥ 0, x ≠ 4 , tìm x nguyên để biểu thức P = nhận giá trị nguyên.
x −2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
x −3
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ , x < 30 để A là số nguyên.
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
2 x +1
Tìm giá trị nguyên của x để biểu thức P = nhận giá trị nguyên với x ≥ 0, x ≠ 4 .
x −2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
3
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ để A có giá trị nguyên.
x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
x
Cho B = . Tìm x ∈ và x < 30 để B có giá trị nguyên.
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
5
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ ,x ≠ 9 để A có giá trị nguyên.
x −3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
x −1
Cho B = . Tìm x ∈ và x < 50 để B có giá trị nguyên.
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
x +1
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ ; x ≠ 4 để A có giá trị nguyên.
x −2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
- Mỗi số thực đều được biểu diễn bởi một điểm trên trục số. Ngược lại, mỗi điểm trên trục số đều biểu diễn
một số thực.Vì vậy, người ta gọi trục số là trục số thực.
* Chú ý:
- Tập số thực cũng có các phép toán với các tính chất như trong tập số hữu tỉ.
- Các số thực đều viết được dưới dạng số thập phân (hữu hạn hoặc vô hạn). Vì thế có thể có thể so sánh hai
số thực tương tự như so sánh hai số hữu tỉ viết dưới dạng số thập phân.
- Cho a, b, c ∈ . Nếu a < b và b < c thì a < c (tính chất bắc cầu).
- Khoảng cách từ điểm a trên trục số đến gốc O là giá trị tuyệt đối của số a , kí hiệu a .
* Nhận xét:
* Các tính chất hay sử dụng của giá trị tuyệt đối
Với a ∈ thì
a ≥ 0 ; a = −a ; a ≥ a ;
= khi a =
a 0= 0 ; a a khi a ≥ 0 ; a =
− a khi a ≤ 0
+ Việc so sánh các số thực được làm tương tự như so sánh các số hữu tỉ viết dưới dạng số thập phân.
d) . e) − 25 . f) 17 .
c) 1, 4142135... ; d) .
Bài 3. Điền kí hiệu thích hợp vào ô trống để được khẳng định đúng?
a) 3 Ι; b) Ι .
Bài 4:
8
Tìm số đối của các số 0, 75; − ; 7
13
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
So sánh các số thực:
a) 3, 7373737373...... với 3, 7474747474....
b) −0,1845 và −0,184147....
c) 6,8218218..... và 6, 6218
d) −7,321321321.... và −7,325
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tìm số lớn nhất trong các số sau: (−8) 2 ; 8,32; 69; − 100.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Không dùng máy tính, cho biết trong hai khẳng định dưới đây, khẳng định nào đúng, khẳng định nào sai?
1 1
a) 65 + 1 > 63 − 1 b) <
8 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
So sánh (không dùng máy tính): 34,9 và 6 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
So sánh các số thực sau:
c) 0,16 và 0, 4 . d) 4. 9 và 145 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm các số thực không âm x , biết:
a) x = 0 . b) x = 1 . c) x = 2. d) x = 3.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Thực hiện phép tính
a) 4 + 9 + 16 + 25 . b) 81 − 64 + 49 .
1 1 1
c) + − . d) 1, 44 + 1, 69 − 1,96 .
4 9 36
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Sắp xếp các số thực sau theo thứ tự tăng dần :
a) 1, 4142135; 0, (3) ; 10 ; 3 ; 25.4
b) 0,5; − 0, (4) ; 3. 4 ;0,3 ; 35
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x − 1 =1 với x ≥ 1 . b) x+2 =2 với x ≥ −2 .
c) 19 − x =
19 với x ≤ 19 . d) x2 + 1 =3.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x 2 − 2 =0. b) 5 − x 2 = 1.
1
c) (1 − x ) = d) ( x − 1) + =
2 2
3. 0.
7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Thực hiện phép tính:
4 16
a) 4. 25 − 2. . b) −5 16 + 0, 25 − 3 .
9 25
1 3 4 9
c) . 1, 21 − 0, 09 + 36 . d) . + 3 0, 04 : .
4 2 25 64
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Thực hiện phép tính:
49 36
a) 5. 81 − 6. . b) −5 0, 25 + 196 − 5 .
4 25
4 9 7 9
c) . 1, 44 + 0,81 + 1, 21 . d) 5. + . 400 : .
9 225 20 144
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Hai bạn Hoa và Mai chuẩn bị đi dã ngoại cùng một nhóm bạn lớp 7A. A. Để chuẩn bị cho chuyến đi dã
1
ngoại hai bạn đã đi mua một số đồ. Hoa mua gói dâu tây, biết một gói dâu tây có giá 400 000 đồng. Một
3
1
thùng nước ngọt giá 250 000 đồng, Mai mua thùng nước này. Hỏi trong hai người, ai mua hết nhiều
2
tiền hơn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
2
a) Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của các biểu thức : A = .
x +3
5
b) Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của các biểu thức : A = .
x +2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
3
a) Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của các biểu thức: D = .
−2 − x
6
b) Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của các biểu thức: D = .
−3 − x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
x −5
Tìm x nguyên để có giá trị nguyên.
x+2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
a) −2 ; b) 1 ; c) 2 Ι;
1
d) −3 ; e) 9 ; f) .
5
Bài 23:
Dùng máy tính để so sánh 5 với 2, (23) .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tìm x ∈ biết:
a) x 2 = 400 ; b) x 2 − 64 =
0; c) 5 x 2 + 10 =
9.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Sắp xếp các số thực sau theo thứ tự từ nhỏ đến lớn:
3 22
−1, 75; − 2; 0; 5 ; π ; ; 5.
6 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
1 1 1
Tính: M = 2 + 3,5 : −4 + 3 + 7,5 .
3 6 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
Tìm x biết ( x 2 − 4 )( x 2 − 3) =
0.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
1 1
So sánh hai số: A= 225 − − 1 ; B= 196 −
5 6
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 29:
x +1
Cho A = . Tìm x ∈ để A nhận giá trị nguyên
x −1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 30:
1
Tìm GTNN của biểu thức P= + x
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 31:
Tìm GTLN của biểu thức Q = 7 − 2 x − 1
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Giá trị tuyệt đối của một số thực
I. Phương pháp giải:
- Giá trị tuyệt đối của một số hữu tỉ x , kí hiệu là x
x khi x ≥ 0
Được xác định như sau: x =
− x khi x < 0
+) Nếu a = 0 thì x = 0 ;
+) Nếu a > 0 thì x = a hoặc x = −a ;
+) Nếu a < 0 thì x ∈∅
* Chú ý:
+ Ta có: k .x ≥ 0 ⇒ k .x + a ≥ a ; − k .x + a ≤ a
Bài 2:
Tính:
a) −0,17 b) 12,5 − 16,5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tính:
−7 15
a) 2,5 + 7,5 b) 1, 2 −3 + 6, 4 c) +
2 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Tìm x , biết:
a) x = 13 b) x = −17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Tìm x , biết:
3
a) x = 1, 2 b) x =
4
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
3 7
Tìm số đối của các số −5,5 ; ; −
8 11
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Tính giá trị các biểu thức sau:
2 2 3
a) −5,9 − 2 b) −1, 6 ⋅ 3, 6 − −2, 2 c) − − + −−
5 5 7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Tính:
−6 4 2 5 3 4 8
a) +− − . b) −− + +
25 5 25 9 5 9 5
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Cho a = −6 ; b = 3 ; c = − −2 , hãy tính:
a) a + b + ( −c ) b) −a − b − c .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
So sánh:
a) 7 + 11 và 7 + 11 b) 8 + ( −15 ) và 8 + −15
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Tìm x biết:
2
a) 1,8 − x =
0,5 b) x + =
1 c) 3 x − 2 =
4
7
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Tìm x , biết:
a) 2 − x =2 . b) x − 1 = 3 +2. c) x − 3 = 3 − 1 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Tìm x biết:
1 2 1
a) − x + = b) 2 x − 1 + 2 =5
4 3 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Tìm các số không âm x , biết:
1 1 3
a) x . ( 4 x − 3) =
0. b) x − − =.
2 4 2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Tìm x biết:
a) 5 x − 3 = 7 − x b) 2 x − 1 = 1 − x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tìm x biết:
a) 2 x − 1 − 2 x =−1 b) 1 − 3 x + 1 =3x
1 1 1 1
c) x − + =x d) 2 x − = − 2x
2 2 3 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Rút gọn:
a) A= x + x b) C = x − 1 − x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Tìm x biết:
a) 3 x − 1 + x =2 khi x < 2 b) x + 8 + x − 2 =0
c) x 2 − 1 =0 d) x 2 + 1 =0
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Rút gọn các biểu thức sau: E= 2 x + 1 + 3 x
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tìm x, y, z ∈ biết:
3 1 1
a) x + + y − 1 = 0; b) x − + y− + x+ y+z =
0
4 2 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Tìm x thoả mãn 2 x + 1 + 3 x =
12
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức:
1 1
a) A = + 2 x −
2 2
b) B = x + y − 2 − 5
2
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Tìm giá trị nhỏ nhất của biểu thức: C = 3 x − 5 + 3 x − 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Tìm giá trị lớn nhất của biểu thức:
a) A =−
8 6 x−2
1
b) B =
2 x −1 + 3
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
+ Để có thể đưa ra các kết luận hợp lý, dữ liệu thu được phải đảm bảo tính đại diện cho toàn bộ đối tượng
đang được quan tâm.
PHẦN II: CÁC DẠNG BÀI.
Dạng 1: Thu thập và phân loại dữ liệu
I. Phương pháp giải:
- Thu thập dữ liệu bằng cách quan sát, làm thí nghiệm, phỏng vấn, lập phiếu hỏi....
- Lập bảng thống kê từ dữ liệu thu được
- Dựa vào bảng thống kê để đưa ra các kết luận
- Có 3 loại dãy dữ liệu:
+ Dãy dữ liệu là dãy số liệu
+ Dãy dữ liệu không là dãy số liệu, có thể sắp thứ tự
+ Dãy dữ liệu không là dãy số liệu, không thể sắp thứ tự.
II. Bài toán.
Bài 1:
Một cửa hàng bán nước hoa quả đã khảo sát về các loại nước mà khách hàng ưa chuộng và thu được bảng dữ
liệu sau:
Loại nước uống Nước cam Nước dứa Nước chanh Nước ổi
Số người chọn 12 8 17 10
Cho bảng thống kê số hoa làm được của các bạn trong buổi dã ngoại
Tên học sinh Hà Huệ Yến Nhi
Số bông hoa 8 7 15 10
Từ bảng thống kê trên hãy cho biết:
a) Bạn nào làm được nhiều hoa nhất?
b) Tính số bông hoa 4 bạn làm được trong buổi dã ngoại?
c) Bạn nào làm được ít hoa nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Cho bảng thống kê xếp loại học lực học kì I của lớp 7A như sau:
Xếp loại học Tốt Khá Đạt Chưa đạt
lực
Số học sinh 13 15 12 0
Từ bảng thống kê trên hãy cho biết:
a) Lớp 7A có tất cả bao nhiêu học sinh?
b) Học lực nào nhiều bạn đạt nhất?
c) Có bao nhiêu bạn đạt học lực tốt?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Với một câu hỏi hãy xác định xem dữ liệu thu được thuộc loại nào?
a) Bạn có cho rằng “tập luyện thể thao nâng cao sức khỏe” không?
A. Rất đồng ý
B. Đồng ý
C. Không đồng ý
D. Rất không đồng ý
b) Hoạt động thể thao nào bạn yêu thích nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Cho các dãy dữ liệu sau. Hãy cho biết mỗi dãy dữ liệu trên thuộc loại nào?
1) Thủ đô một số quốc gia châu Á: Hà Nội; Tokyo, Viêng Chăn, Bangkok.
2) Số học sinh các lớp của khối 6 trong trường THCS Ngô Thì Nhậm như sau: 39 ; 40 ; 38 ; 39 ; 38 ;
3) Tên một số truyện cổ tích Việt Nam: Sọ Dừa, Thạch Sanh, Cây tre trăm đốt, Cây khế
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Cho các loại dữ liệu sau. Hãy cho biết mỗi dãy dữ liệu trên thuộc loại nào?
1) Các loại xe máy được sản xuất: vison, lead,….
2) Cân nặng của trẻ sơ sinh (đơn vị tính là gam): 3200 ; 2800 ; 3500 ; 4200 ; 10200 .
3) Danh sách các môn thể thao được yêu thích nhất: Bóng đá, cầu lông, bóng chuyền, bóng bàn..
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Cho dãy dữ liệu sau:
1) Thời gian chạy 100 m ( tính theo giây) của các học sinh lớp 7A: 16; 15; 18; 20.
2) Danh sách các môn thi bơi lội: Bơi ếch, bơi sải, bơi tự do…
3) Các loại huy chương các thí sinh Việt Nam đạt được trong kì thi Olimpic toán quốc tế: Vàng, bạc, đồng.
Hãy cho biết mỗi dãy dữ liệu trên thuộc loại nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Cho dãy dữ liệu sau:
1) Các món ăn yêu thích của học sinh trong lớp: Bánh mì, Phở, Xôi, Bún….
2) Năm sinh của các thành viên trong gia đình: 1947; 1968; 1998; 1990; 2016; 2010
3) Nơi sinh của học sinh trong lớp 7A: Hà Tĩnh, Quãng Nam, Đà Nẵng….
Hãy cho biết mỗi dãy dữ liệu trên thuộc loại nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Em hãy lập phiếu khảo sát về mức độ xem ti vi trong thời gian rãnh rỗi của các bạn trong lớp rồi lập bảng
thống kê. Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê
Phiếu khảo sát:
Họ tên:...........
Bạn có thường xuyên xem ti vi trong thời gian rãnh rỗi không?
(Đánh dấu x vào phương án bạn lựa chọn)
Rất thường xuyên Thường xuyên
Thỉnh thoảng Không bao giờ
Bảng thống kê
Mức độ Rất thường xuyên Thường xuyên Thình thoảng Không bao giờ
Số học sinh ..... ..... ..... ....
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Thống kê về các loại sách mà các bạn học sinh lớp 7 A đã ủng hộ cho thư viện được cho trong bảng dữ liệu
sau:
Số thứ tự Tên loại sách Số lượng (quyển)
1 Sách giáo khoa 100
2 Sách tham khảo 15
3 Sách truyện 25
4 Các loại sách khác 10
Tên
Cân nặng (kg)
Chiều cao (cm)
Môn học yêu thích
nhất
Số điện thoại liên hệ
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Lập phiếu hỏi và thu thập dữ liệu để kiểm tra nhận định “ Các bạn học sinh nam thích môn bóng đá hơn các
bạn nữ”. Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về khả năng bơi lội của các bạn học sinh lớp 7A được cho bởi bảng thống kê sau:
Khả năng bơi Chưa biết bơi Biết bơi Bơi giỏi
Số bạn nam 5 8 4
a) Hãy phân loại các dữ liệu có trong bảng thống kê trên
b) Có bao nhiêu bạn tham gia cuộc khảo sát
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Bạn có cho rằng: Học bơi sẽ tăng chiều cao?
A. Rất đồng ý
B. Đồng ý
C. Không đồng ý
D. Rất không đồng ý
a) Em hãy khảo sát ý kiến trên của tất cả học sinh trong lớp và lập bảng thống kê dữ liệu thu được
b) Giả sử có 50 bạn tham gia cuộc khảo sát, kết quả thu được như sau:
+ Có 80% các bạn rất đồng ý
1
+ Có các bạn đồng ý
10
4
+ Số bạn không đồng ý bằng số bạn đồng ý
5
+ Còn lại là các bạn rất không đồng ý
Tính số học sinh chọn các ý kiến theo cuộc khảo sát. Phân loại dữ liệu về các kết quả thu đượC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
a) Lập phiếu khảo sát về mức độ thường xuyên đi học bằng xe đạp của các bạn học sinh trong lớp.
b) Giả sử có 40 bạn tham gia cuộc khảo sát về mức độ thường xuyên đi học bằng xe đạp và kết quả thu được
như sau:
1
+ Có số học sinh cả lớp rất thường xuyên đi học bằng xe đạp
5
+ Có 20% số học sinh cả cả lớp thường xuyên đi học bằng xe đạp
2
+ Số học sinh thỉnh thoảng đi xe đạp bằng số học sinh đi học thường xuyên bằng xe đạp
7
+ Còn lại là số học sinh không bao giờ đi học bằng xe đạp
Tính số học sinh tương ứng với mỗi mức độ và lập bảng thống kê.
c) Phân loại dữ liệu có trong bảng thống kê đó.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
a) Lập phiếu hỏi về thể loại văn học dân gian yêu thích nhất ( thần thoại, truyền thuyết, cổ tích, ngụ ngôn)
của các bạn trong lớp
b) Giả sử có 35 bạn bất kì tham gia cuộc khảo sát và thu được kết quả như sau:
+ Không có bạn nào thích truyện ngụ ngôn
3
+ Có số học sinh tham gia khảo sát thích truyện cổ tích
7
2
+ Số học sinh thích thể loại truyền thuyết bằng số học sinh thích thể loại cổ tích
5
+ Còn lại là số học sinh thích thể loại thần thoại
Tính số học sinh yêu thích nhất mỗi thể loại văn học sau đó lập bảng thống kê
c) Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Để tìm hiểu về khả năng tự nấu ăn của các bạn học sinh trong lớp 7A, Minh đã chọn 30 bạn bất kì trong lớp
tham gia khảo sát. Kết quả như sau:
+ Có 20% các bạn tham gia khảo sát tự đánh giá khả năng nấu ăn không đạt
1
+ Có các bạn tham gia khảo sát tự đánh giá khả năng nấu ăn đạt
3
7
+ Số các bạn tự đánh giá khả năng nấu ăn giỏi bằng số các bạn tự đánh giá nấu ăn không đạt
5
+ Còn lại là các bạn tự đánh giá nấu ăn xuất sắC.
a) Lập bảng thống kê từ dữ liệu thu được
b) Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Bình muốn lấy ý kiến về các môn học mà các bạn cùng khối 7 trường mình yêu thích nên bạn đã chọn 100
bạn bất kì trong khối 7 gọi là các bạn tham gia khảo sát. Kết quả như sau:
+ Có 20% các bạn tham gia khảo sát thích môn Tiếng Anh
3
+ Có các bạn còn lại thích môn Ngữ Văn
8
7
+ Số các bạn thích môn Toán bằng số các bạn thích môn Tiếng Anh
5
+ Còn lại là các bạn thích các môn Khoa học tự nhiên, Lịch Sử - Địa lý, Nghệ thuật
a) Tính số học sinh thích mỗi môn theo khảo sát và sắp xếp chúng theo thứ tự từ lớn đến bé
b) Kết quả nhận được có phải là số liệu không.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21: Điểm thi đua trong các tháng của một năm học của lớp 7 A được liệt kê trong bảng sau:
Tháng 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5
Điểm 80 90 70 80 80 90 80 70 80
a) Kể tên các tháng có điểm thi đua là 80 điểm
b) Tháng nào có điểm thi đua cao nhất
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22: Kết quả khảo sát về món ăn sáng yêu thích của các bạn trong lớp được cho ở bảng thống kê
sau:
Tên món ăn Phở Bánh mì Bún Xôi
Số học sinh 10 15 5 10
thích
a) Có bao nhiêu bạn tham gia cuộc khảo sát?
b) Món ăn được nhiều bạn thích nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23: Cho các dãy dữ liệu sau:
1) Hoạt động giờ ra chơi của các bạn trong lớp 7A: đọc sách, chơi cờ vua, nhảy dây, đá cầu, đá bóng..
2) Số trẻ được sinh ra trong 3 ngày đầu năm 2020 tại một bệnh viện địa phương: 14, 12, 11
3) Số bàn thắng của L.Messi ghi được từ năm 2016 đến 2018 lần lượt là 59, 54, 51
Hãy cho biết mỗi dãy dữ liệu trên thuộc loại nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24: Khảo sát về lựa chọn nghề nghiệp tương lai của các bạn học sinh trong lớp 7A được cho bởi
bảng thống kê sau:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25: Kết quả tìm hiểu về lựa chọn các hoạt động thể thao trong hè của các bạn học sinh lớp 7A
được cho bởi bảng thống kê sau:
Hoạt động Bóng đá Cầu lông Bơi
Số bạn nam 15 3 12
Số bạn nữ 1 8 5
a) Hãy phân loại các dữ liệu có trong bảng thống kê trên
b) Lớp 7A có bao nhiêu học sinh?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26: Thống kê về số tiền trong phong trào nuôi heo đất của các bạn lớp 7A cho trong bảng dữ liệu
sau:
Đợt Số tiền
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27: Em hãy khảo sát về mức độ thường xuyên làm việc nhà giúp bố mẹ trong thời gian rãnh rỗi của các
bạn trong lớp rồi lập bảng thống kê. Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
a) Lập phiếu hỏi về lựa chọn nghề nghiệp trong tương lai (bác sĩ, giáo viên, kĩ sư, nghề kháC...) của các bạn
trong lớp.
b) Giả sử có 20 bạn tham gia cuộc khảo sát và thu được kết quả như sau:
+ Có 20% các bạn tham gia khảo sát lựa chọn làm bác sĩ
1
+ Có các bạn tham gia khảo sát lựa chọn làm giáo viên
5
3
+ Có các bạn còn lại lựa chọn làm kĩ sư
7
+ Còn lại là các bạn lựa chọn nghề khác
Tính số học sinh tương ứng với nghề nghiệp được lựa chọn và lập bảng thống kê
c) Phân loại các dữ liệu trong bảng thống kê
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Tính đại diện của dữ liệu
I. Phương pháp giải:
- Để có thể đưa ra các kết luận hợp lý, dữ liệu thu được phải đảm bảo tính đại diện cho toàn bộ đối tượng
đang được quan tâm.
II. Bài toán.
Bài 1:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về sở thích đối với môn đá cầu của các bạn học sinh lớp 7A được cho bởi bảng thống kê
sau:
Sở thích Không thích Không quan Thích Rất thích
tâm
Số bạn nữ 2 3 9 7
Dữ liệu trên có đại diện được cho sở thích đối với môn đá cầu của tất cả học sinh lớp 7A không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về sở thích đối với mạng xã hội của các học sinh lớp 7A được cho bởi thống kê sau:
Số học sinh 22 5 10 3
lớp 7A
Dữ liệu trên có đại diện được cho sở thích đọc sách truyện của tất cả học sinh trong trường hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
Để đánh giá mức độ yêu thích môn bóng đá của các bạn trong lớp, Bạn lớp trưởng làm phiếu khảo sát như
sau:
Phiếu khảo sát:
Bạn có yêu thích môn bóng đá không?
(Đánh dấu x vào phương án bạn lựa chọn)
Rất thích Bình thường
Thích Không thích
Trong 2 cách khảo sát sau, cách nào hợp lí hơn?
Cách 1: Phát phiếu khảo sát cho 20 bạn nam bất kì trong lớp
Cách 2: Phát phiếu khảo sát cho 20 bạn bất kì gồm cả nam và nữ (10 nam, 10 nữ)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Một hãng xe khách muốn lấy ý kiến của khách hàng để đánh giá mức độ hài lòng về chất lượng phục vụ trên
chuyến xe
a) Em hãy cho biết đối tượng mà hãng xe khách cần lấy ý kiến là ai?
b) Trong hai cách khảo sát sau, cách nào hợp lí hơn?
Cách 1: Lấy ý kiến của 20 khách có mối quan hệ quen biết với chủ xe
Cách 2: Lấy ý kiến của 20 hành khách bất kì trên chuyến xe
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Em hãy cho biết cách khảo sát sau có đảm bảo tính đại diện cho học sinh cả lớp không?
Để đánh giá chất lượng học môn toán của các bạn trong lớp, giáo viên đã cho các bạn học sinh giỏi toán làm
bài và xem kết quả
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Một công ty mỹ phẩm đã quảng cáo một loại mỹ phẩm có tác dụng làm trắng da bằng cách cho 100 người ở
độ tuổi từ 20 đến 30 sử dụng loại mỹ phẩm này. Kết quả cho thấy có 90 người da trắng và đẹp lên sau khi sử
dụng thuốC. Công ty đưa ra thông tin về quảng cáo sản phẩm như sau: tỷ lệ người dùng đạt hiệu quả là 95%.
Theo em dựa vào khảo sát trên mà đưa ra kết luận như trong quảng cáo thì có hợp lý không? Vì sao?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Em hãy cho biết cách khảo sát sau có đảm bảo được tính đại diện không?
Để đánh giá mức độ yêu thích môn tiếng Anh của học sinh cả lớp giáo viên tiếng Anh đã cho các bạn trong
câu lạc bộ tiếng anh của trường làm bài và xem xét kết quả
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Để khảo sát thời gian sử dụng mạng internet của các học sinh trong lớp mỗi ngày. Giáo viên dạy tin học đã
đưa ra các cách làm như sau:
Cách 1: Chọn ngẫu nhiên một số bạn và gửi bảng hỏi đến bố mẹ các bạn ấy sau đó yêu cầu trả lời và gửi lại
phiếu
Cách 2: Gửi phiếu hỏi đến các bạn trong câu lạc bộ tin học của trường
Theo em cách làm nào hợp lý hơn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Em hãy nêu cách thu thập dữ liệu để đảm bảo tính đại diện trong mỗi trường hợp sau:
a) Khảo sát về mức độ thích đọc sách của các bạn trong trường
b) Khảo sát về khả năng biết bơi của các bạn trong trường
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
a) Em hãy lập phiếu khảo sát để thu thập dữ liệu về mức độ yêu thích học môn Toán của các học sinh lớp
7A.
b) Giáo viên bộ môn đã cho các bạn trong câu lạc bộ toán học của lớp 7A làm phiếu khảo sát và xem xét kết
quả. Em hãy cho biết cách khảo sát đó có đảm bảo được tính đại diện cho học sinh cả lớp không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
a) Em hãy lập phiếu khảo sát để thu thập về mức độ yêu thích uống trà sữa của các học sinh trong lớp 7A
b) Để khảo sát về mức độ yêu thích uống trà sữa của các học sinh trong lớp,bạn Bình đã khảo sát 20 học sinh
nữ trong lớp 7A và đưa ra nhận xét. Cách khảo sát đó có đảm bảo tính đại diện cho học sinh cả lớp không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Để khảo sát về mức độ chịu áp lực học tập từ ba mẹ của học sinh lớp 7A, bạn Đông đã phát phiếu phiếu
khảo sát cho 20 bạn nam trong lớp.
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
a) Hãy lập phiếu hỏi để khảo sát về mức độ thích chơi game sau những giờ học căng thẳng của học sinh toàn
khối 7.
b) Để biết được mức độ thích chơi game của tất cả học sinh khối 7, Hoàng đã phát phiếu khảo sát cho 20 bạn
trong lớp. Dữ liệu thu được từ cách khảo sát của bạn Hoàng có đại diện cho tất cả học sinh khối 7 hay
không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Toàn muốn tìm hiểu về khả năng bơi lội của các bạn cùng khối 7 trường mình nên bạn đã chọn 120 bạn bất
kì trong khối 7 tham gia khảo sát. Kết quả như sau:
+ Có 30% các bạn tham gia khảo sát chưa biết bơi
3
+ Có các bạn còn lại biết bơi
8
+ Còn lại là các bạn bơi giỏi
Toàn khẳng định rằng“ Đa phần học sinh trường mình biết bơi“. Kết luận này có đúng không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Để khảo sát về mức độ thích đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc vào thời gian rảnh rỗi của các học sinh trong lớp 7A,
Bạn Hùng đã phát phiếu khảo sát cho 30 bạn bất kì trong lớp.
a) Em hãy giúp bạn Hùng thiết kế phiếu khảo sát
b) Giả sử Bạn Hùng phát phiếu khảo sát cho 30 bạn bất kì và thu được kết quả như sau:
+ Có 30% các bạn tham gia khảo sát rất thích đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc vào thời gian rảnh rỗi
1
+ Có số học sinh còn lại thích đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc vào thời gian rảnh rỗi
4
3
+ Số học sinh đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc vào thời gian rảnh rỗi ở mức bình thường bằng tổng số học rất
4
thích và thích.
+ Còn lại là số học sinh không thích đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc vào thời gian rãnh rỗi.
Bạn Hùng nói rằng: “ Đa số học sinh thích nghe nhạc và đọc sách vào thời gian rãnh”. Theo em bạn Hùng
nhận định như vậy đúng hay sai. Nếu sai hãy sửa lại cho đúng.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 21:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về sở thích đối với môn bơi lội của các bạn học sinh lớp 7A được cho bởi bảng thống kê
sau:
Sở thích Không thích Không quan Thích Rất thích
tâm
Số bạn nam 1 2 10 7
Dữ liệu trên có đại diện được cho sở thích đối với môn bơi lội của tất cả học sinh lớp 7A không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 22:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về sở thích đối với phim hoạt hình của các học sinh lớp 7A được cho bởi thống kê sau:
Sở thích Không thích Không quan Thích Rất thích
tâm
Số bạn nữ 3 2 9 8
Dữ liệu trên có đại diện cho sở thích đối với phim hoạt hình của tất cả học sinh lớp 7A không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 23:
Để đánh giá mức độ yêu thích môn khoa học tự nhiên ( KHTN ) của các bạn trong lớp, Bạn lớp trưởng làm
phiếu khảo sát như sau:
Phiếu khảo sát:
Bạn có yêu thích môn KHTN không?
(Đánh dấu x vào phương án bạn lựa chọn)
Rất thích Bình thường
Thích Không thích
Trong 2 cách khảo sát sau, cách nào hợp lí hơn?
Cách 1: Phát phiếu khảo sát cho tất cả các bạn nữ bất kì trong lớp
Cách 2: Phát phiếu ngẫu nhiên cho 30 bạn bất kì gồm cả nam và nữ ở trong lớp
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 24:
Một hãng xe taxi muốn lấy ý kiến của khách hàng để đánh giá mức độ hài lòng về chất lượng phục vụ trên
chuyến xe
a) Em hãy cho biết đối tượng mà hãng xe khách cần lấy ý kiến là ai?
b) Trong hai cách khảo sát sau, cách nào hợp lí hơn?
Cách 1: Lấy ý kiến của 20 khách có mối quan hệ quen biết với chủ xe
Cách 2: Lấy ý kiến của 20 hành khách bất kì trên chuyến xe
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 25:
Một công ty dược phẩm quảng cáo về thực phẩm chức năng làm đẹp da, sạch nám, tàn nhang bằng cách cho
100 người bị nám, tàn nhang ở độ tuổi từ 30 đến 45 sử dụng loại thực phẩm này. Kết quả cho thấy có 93
người đạt hiệu quả cao khi sử dụng thuốC. Công ty đưa ra thông tin về quảng cáo sản phẩm như sau: Tỷ lệ
người dùng đạt hiệu quả là 93%. Theo em dựa vào khảo sát trên mà đưa ra kết luận như trong quảng cáo thì
có hợp lý không? Vì sao?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 26:
Kết quả tìm hiểu về các loại trái cây yêu thích của các bạn học sinh lớp 7A được cho ở bảng sau:
Loại trái Chuối Xoài Cóc Ổi Bơ
cây
Số bạn nữ 5 7 4 3 2
Dữ liệu trên có đại diện cho sở thích về các loại trái cây của tất cả học sinh lớp 7A hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 27:
a) Em hãy lập phiếu hỏi để khảo sát về mức độ thích học môn võ thuật của các bạn học sinh lớp 7
b) Để biết được mức độ thích học môn võ của các bạn học sinh khối 7, bạn Hoài đã phát phiếu khảo sát cho
tất cả các bạn trong lớp. Dữ liệu thu được từ cách khảo sát của bạn Hoài có đại diện cho tất cả học sinh khối
7 hay không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 28:
Để khảo sát về mức độ thích đọc truyện cổ tích của các học sinh trong lớp 7A, Bạn Minh đã phát phiếu khảo
sát cho các bạn nam trong lớp
a) Em hãy giúp bạn Hùng thiết kế phiếu khảo sát
b) Cách khảo sát của bạn Hùng có đảm bảo tính đại diện cho học sinh cả lớp không?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
- Lựa chọn và biểu diễn được dữ liệu vào biểu đồ thích hợp.
II. Bài toán.
Bài 1:
Hình vẽ dưới đây là biểu đồ hình quạt cho biết tỉ số phần trăm các loại sách trong thư viện của một trường
trung họC. Cho biết tỉ số phần trăm số sách giáo khoa; số truyện thiếu nhi, và các loại sách khác trong thư
viện.
25% 25%
Sách giáo
khoa Các loại
sách khác
Sách giáo khoa
Truyện thiếu nhi
Các loại sách khác
50%
Truyện
thiếu nhi
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Biểu đồ sau cho biết tỉ số phần trăm các mặt hàng bán chạy trong một cửa hàng đồ chơi.
Đọc các số liệu đã cho trong biểu đồ.
18% 15%
Búp bê
Bộ tô màu
12%
Bộ lắp ghép
Các mặt hàng khác
55%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Tỉ lệ học sinh đăng ký tham gia mua tăm ủng hộ của bốn khối 6, 7,8,9 tại trường THCS được thống kê qua
biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
15%
27%
Khối 6
12%
Khối 7
Khối 8
Khối 9
46%
Hãy cho biết số học sinh khối 6 và khối 8 đăng ký mua tăm ủng hộ chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Cho biểu đồ hình quạt tròn biểu diễn tỉ số phần trăm số size áo bán ra của một cửa hàng. Hãy áo size XL bán
ra chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm? Lượng size áo nào bán ra được nhiều nhất?
6%
17%
45%
32%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Lượng bánh ngọt bán ra của một cửa hàng được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
Bánh mỳ bơ tỏi Bánh Donut Bánh gato Bánh kem chuối Bánh Lưỡi Mèo
7% 12%
12%
25%
44%
THPT trở lên THCS Tiểu học Chưa tốt nghiệp tiểu học Chưa đi học
5%
14%
39%
18%
24%
( Trích: Điều tra biến động dân số và kế hoạch hóa gia đình thời điểm 1/ 4 / 2013 ).
Cho biết tỉ lệ phần trăm phụ nữ 15 − 49 tuổi sinh con thứ ba trở lên theo từng trình độ học vấn là bao nhiêu?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Số học sinh đăng ký học bổ trợ các Câu lạc bộ Toán, Ngữ văn, Tiếng anh của lớp 7 trường THCS Lê Quý
Đôn được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
32,5%
38%
30%
Tính số phần trăm học sinh đăng ký môn Toán là bao nhiêu?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn su biểu diễn tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh đăng ký các CLB hè của lớp 7 A2 trường
THCS Thanh Liệt.
Thể thao
15%
Bơi lội
27%
Ca hát
12%
Võ thuật
15%
MC
31%
Tính số phần trăm học sinh đăng ký tham gia võ thuật của lớp 7 A2 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Tỉ lệ phần trăm số học sinh xuất sắc, giỏi, khá, trung bình của một lớp được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt
tròn sau:
13%
63%
Tìm tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh xuất sắc và số học sinh Giỏi của lớp đó. Biết rằng số học sinh xuất sắc bằng
số học sinh Giỏi.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Biểu đồ su cho biết việc chi tiêu hàng tháng của một gia đình. Quan sát biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau và trả lời
câu hỏi:
18%
15% 25%
30%
a)Hỏi số tiền dành cho việc tiết kiệm chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm?
b) Trong các khoản trên, khoản chi tiêu cho ăn uống gấp bao nhiêu lần so với khoản chi tiêu cho mua sắm?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết tỉ số phần trăm về sở thích chơi các trò chơi dân gian của học sinh lớp 7
trường THCS Thanh Liệt.
Tính tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh thích chơi cướp cờ, ô ăn quan, Mèo đuổi chuột.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Biểu đồ hình quạt bên cho thấy tỉ số phần trăm học sinh tham gia các môn học thể thao của lớp 6C . Biết
rằng lớp 6C có 32 học sinh, hỏi có bao nhiêu bạn tham gia môn Bơi?
Bơi
12,5%
Cờ vua
12,5% Nhảy dây
50%
Cầu lông
25%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Biểu đồ hình quạt bên cho biết tỉ số phần trăm các phương tiện được sử dụng đến trường học của 40 học
sinh trong một lớp bán trú.
Dựa vào biểu đồ, tính số học sinh đi bộ, số học sinh đi xe đạp, số học sinh được bố mẹ chở bằng ô tô, số học
sinh được bố mẹ chở bằng xe máy.
Xe đạp
25%
Đi bộ
50% Ô tô…
Xe máy
20%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Có 40 học sinh là cổ động viên của các đội bóng đá. Tỉ số phần trăm cổ động viên của từng đội bóng đá
được nêu trong biểu đồ hình quạt dưới đây:
a) Số cổ động viên của đội Sóc Nâu?
b) Số cổ động viên của đội Thỏ Trắng?
c) Số cổ động viên của đội Hươu Vàng gấp bao nhiêu lần số cổ động viên của đội Gấu Đen.
Hươu vàng
25%
Sóc nâu
47,5%
Thỏ trắng
15%
Gấu đen
12,5%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Kết quả điều tra sự yêu thích các môn học của 500 em học sinh lớp 7 được cho trên biểu đồ hình quạt bên.
Hãy cho biết có bao nhiêu học sinh:
a) Yêu thích môn Toán?
b) Yêu thích môn âm nhạc?
15%
30%
45% 10%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Tỉ lệ phần trăm thành phần của đất tốt cho cây trồng được cho trong biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
5%
30%
35%
30%
Muốn thu 125 kg mùn thì cần bao nhiêu ki lô gam đất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết sản lượng cây lương thực, cây Công nghiệp, cây Thực phẩm thu hoạch
của xã A năm 2022 như sau:
15%
13%
72%
Cho biết khối lượng cây Lương thực xã A năm 2022 là 10,8 tấn. Tính khối lượng cây Thực phẩm thu đượC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết tỉ lệ loại sách được mượn đọc nhiều nhất trong thư viện một trường trong
một tuần.
14%
38% 6%
20%
10% 12%
Biết rằng trong tháng đó có tổng cộng 50 người mượn sách (mỗi người chỉ được mượn một cuốn sách). Hỏi
có bao nhiêu người mượn sách khoa học? Bao nhiêu người mượn Tạp chí?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau biểu diễn môn học yêu thích nhất của 40 học sinh trong lớp.
8%
15% 30%
10%
12%
25%
a)Tính số học sinh yêu thích môn Toán, số học sinh yêu thích môn Văn.
b) Tính tỉ số học sinh yêu thích môn Văn so với môn Anh.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Tổng số ca mắc Covid 19 tính đến ngày 22 / 4 / 2022 được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
SALES
Bình
4% 3% phục
Dương
12% tính
Âm tính
lần 1
81% Âm tính
lần 2
Biết số người bình phục là 243 người. Tính tổng số ca mắc Covid tính ngày 22 / 4 / 2022 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Phân tích và xử lý dữ liệu.
I. Phương pháp giải:
- Nhận ra được vấn đề hoặc quy luật đơn giản dựa trên phân tích các số liệu thu được ở biểu đồ hình quạt
tròn.
- Giải quyết những vấn đề đơn giản liên quan đến các số liệu thu đượC.
- Nhận biết được mối liên hệ giữa thống kê với những kiến thức trong các môn học khác và trong thực tế.
II. Bài toán.
Bài 1:
Biểu đồ hình quạt dưới đây thể hiện diện tích đất trồng: hoa Huệ, hoa Hồng và hoa Loa kèn trong vườn hoa
nhà cô Loan.
23%
?%
37%
a) Diện tích đất trồng mỗi loại hoa chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm?
b) Diện tích đất trồng hoa Loa Kèn và hoa Hồng chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm diện tích đất trồng hoa?
c) Biết diện tích đất trồng của thửa ruộng là 360 m 2 . Tính diện tích đất trồng hoa Loa Kèn (m 2 )
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Biểu đồ sau cho biết tỉ số phần trăm học sinh tham gia các môn Thể thao của lớp 6C . Biết rằng lớp 6C có
32 học sinh. Số học sinh tham gia Bơi bằng số học sinh tham gia Cờ vuA.
25%
50%
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
Hình bên là biểu đồ cho biết tỉ lệ xếp loại học lực của học sinh khối 6 của trường THCS Thanh Liệt. Tính số
học sinh mỗi loại. Biết rằng số học sinh xếp loại học lực Khá là 120 học sinh.
Trung bình
15% Giỏi
25%
Khá
?%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau biểu diễn loại giải khát bán được của cây nước tự động.
11%
22%
31%
Biết rằng lượng Coca Cola bằng một nửa lượng Spite bán rA. Tính tỉ số phần trăm lượng Coca Cola và Spite
bán ra của cây nước tự động.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau biểu diễn lượng bánh bán ra của một cửa hàng.
12%
54%
Biết rằng số lượng bánh Socola và số lượng bánh quẩy bán ra của cửa hàng là bằng nhau. Tính số phần trăm
lượng bánh quẩy bán rA.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6:
1
Ba lớp 6 A, 6 B và 6C trồng cây. Lớp 6A trồng được tổng số cây của cả ba lớp trồng đượC. Lớp 6B
4
trồng được gấp đôi lớp 6A còn lại là lớp 6C . Hình dưới đây biểu thị tỉ số phần trăm số cây trồng được của
cả ba lớp. Bạn Hoa vẽ biểu đồ nhưng quên mất chưa điền tỉ số phần trăm. Em hãy tính toán và giúp Hoa
hoàn thành biểu đồ trên nhé.
6A 6B 6C
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau biểu diễn tỉ lệ phần trăm số học sinh đăng ký phương tiện đi học của lớp 7 .
Xe buýt Xe đạp Đi bộ
40%
10%
Biết số học sinh lớp 7 đi xe đạp là 5 em. Tính số học sinh đi xe buýt, đi bộ của lớp đó.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8:
Cho biểu đồ hình quạt biểu diễn tỉ lệ phần trăm vật liệu xây dựng của một xưởng A như sau.
22%
11%
67%
Biết khối lượng Sỏi của xưởng đó là 90, 02 tạ. Tính khối lượng của các vật liệu còn lại. (Làm tròn ở chữ số
hàng thập phân thứ nhất).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9:
Một công ty có 360 nhân viên. Trong đó số nhân viên ở các bộ phận được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt
tròn sau:
5%
10%
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10:
Doanh số mặt hàng bán được của cửa hàng Một Bữa Sáng được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
Cà Phê Trà
Bánh rán Mỳ vằn thắn
Nước ép hoa quả
7%12%
14%
16%
Biết rằng lợi nhuận thu được từ Trà là 3570 000 đồng. Tính số lợi nhuận thu được của mỗi mặt hàng của cửa
hàng đó. Theo em, cửa hàng đó nên phát triển đầu tư vào mặt hàng nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11:
Doanh số thu được của các mặt hàng hoa quả trong quý I năm 2022 của cửa hàng The Fruit được cho trong
bảng số liệu sau:
Sản phẩm Cam Táo Dưa Mít Xoài
Doanh số 20 080 000 16899 000 4890 000 8 200 000 18000 000
(đơn vị:
đồng)
a) Lập bảng số liệu biểu diễn tỉ số phần trăm doanh số của các mặt hàng hoa quả trong quý I năm 2022 của
cửa hàng The Fruit. (làm tròn đến chữ số hàng phần trăm).
b) Điền số liệu vào biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12:
Một khối 7 trường THCS có 200 học sinh đăng ký thực đơn ăn trưa gồm 4 món: Pizza; mỳ ý; Hamburger;
Donut. Số phần trăm học sinh chọn Piza là 12,5% ; số học sinh chọn Mỳ Ý chiếm 30% ; số học sinh chọn
bánh Hamburger chiếm một nửa tổng số học sinh khối 7 . Còn lại là số học sinh chọn bánh Donut.
a) Tính tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh chọn Piza và tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh chọn Donut.
b) Hoàn thiện số liệu vào biểu đồ hình quạt tròn bên dưới.
c) Lập bảng số liệu số học sinh chọn từng loại thức ăn cho bữa trưa (đơn vị học sinh).
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13:
Số học sinh đăng ký mua sách giáo khoa cho năm học mới của một trường THCS được cho trong bảng sau:
Khối Khối 6 Khối 7 Khối 8 Khối 9
Số lượng học
120 135 155 110
sinh đăng ký
a) Lập bảng số liệu thể hiện tỉ số phần trăm số học sinh đăng ký mua sách giáo khoa của từng khối.(Làm tròn
đến chữ số hàng phần mười).
b) Hoàn thiện vào biểu đồ quạt tròn sau.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14:
Chi phí xây dựng nhà được biểu diễn qua biểu đồ quạt tròn sau:
10%
25%
20%
a)Tính tỉ số phần trăm chi phí gạch. Biết rằng chi phí giám sát thi công, thép, gạch bằng nhau.
b) Biết rằng để xây dựng một ngôi nhà Bác An đã chi trả hết 2,5 tỷ đồng. Hỏi chi phí để trả tiền công là bao
nhiêu?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15:
Cho biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
7%
16%
77%
a)Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn trên cho biết điều gì? Lập bảng số liệu thống kê.
b) Biết rằng khối lượng Cá nuôi năm 2010 thu được là 12, 7 triệu tấn. Tính tổng sản lượng thủy sản thu
được của nước ta năm 2010 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 16:
Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau thể hiện cơ cấu sản lượng theo ngành kinh tế của Pháp năm 2000 .
Nông -
3% Lâm - Ngư
nghiệp
Công
26% nghiệp và
xây dựng
71%
Dịch vụ
Biết rằng doanh thu ngành Dịch vụ của Pháp năm 2000 là khoảng 23 tỷ USD. D. Tính doanh thu của từng
ngành kinh tế Pháp năm đó. Lập bảng số liệu thể hiện doanh thu của các ngành. (Làm tròn đến chữ số hàng
đơn vị)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17:
Cho bảng số liệu sau:
LAO ĐỘNG ĐANG LÀM VIỆC PHÂN THEO NGÀNH KINH TẾ Ở NƯỚC TA NĂM 2013
Ngành Nông – Lâm – Ngư Công nghiệp và Dịch vụ
nghiệp Xây dựng
Số lao động (nghìn 24399 11086 16 723
người)
a)Tính tỉ số phần trăm số lao động đang làm việc phân theo ngành kinh tế ở nước ta năm 2013 . (làm tròn
chữ số hàng phần mười)
b)Hoàn thiện biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18:
Cho bảng số liệu sau:
GIÁ TRỊ SẢN XUẤT NÔNG NGHIỆP PHÂN THEO NGÀNH CỦA NƯỚC TA NĂM 2015
Ngành Trồng trọt Chăn nuôi Dịch vụ
Giá trị (nghìn tỉ 396, 7 135, 2 8,3
đồng)
a)Tính tỉ số phần trăm giá trị sản xuất nông nghiệp phân theo ngành của nước ta năm 2015. (làm tròn đến
chữ số hàng phần mười).
b)Hoàn thiện biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
Trồng
trọt
Chăn
nuôi
Dịch
vụ
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 19:
Bảng số liệu sau cho biết dân số Việt Nam năm 2016 .
Vùng Thành thị Nông thôn
Dân số (nghìn người) 30 035 60394
a)Tính tổng dân số Việt Nam năm 2016 .
Lập bảng dữ liệu tỉ lệ phần trăm dân số Việt Nam năm 2016. (Làm tròn đến chữ số hàng đơn vị)
b)Hoàn thiện biểu đồ hình quạt tròn biểu diễn dân số Việt Nam năm 2016 .
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20:
Biểu đồ hình quạt sau đây biểu diễn tỉ số phần trăm đất sử dụng cho khu đô thị mới Văn Phú. Biết diện tích
khu đô thị là 47 ha và diện tích đất dùng vào Đường trồng cây xanh và Biệt thự là bằng nhau. Tính diện tích
đất sử dụng từng loại.
Trường học Đường trồng cây xanh Biệt thự Nhà cao tầng
5%
27%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
11%
49%
28%
12%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2. Biểu đồ dưới đây cho biết tỉ số phần trăm diện tich trồng các loại cây ăn quả ở một trang trại. Hãy cho
biết tỉ số phần trăm diện tích trồng mỗi loại cây ăn quả của trang trại được thể hiện trên biểu đồ. Diện tích
đất trồng cây ăn quả nào nhiều nhất?
14%
20,5 %
35,5 % 30%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3. Kết quả học tập của 240 học sinh khối lớp 7 của trường THCS được cho trên biểu đồ hình quạt tròn
sau. (Không có học sinh chưa đạt). Tính số học sinh mỗi loại của khối 7 trường đó.
15%
45%
40%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4. Kết quả điểm kiểm tra cuối kỳ môn Toán của trường THCS được biểu thị trong biểu đồ hình quạt tròn
dưới đây.
a) Tính tỉ lệ phần trăm học sinh đạt điểm trung bình so với toàn trường.
b) Biết trường có 400 học sinh. Tính số học sinh đạt điểm khá.
Điểm trung
bình Điểm giỏi
35%
Điểm khá
45%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5. Kết quả điều tra về sự ưa thích các loại màu sắc của 120 học sinh được cho trên biểu đồ hình quạt tròn
sau. Hãy cho biết có bao nhiêu học sinh:
a) Thích màu xanh?
b) Thích màu đỏ?
c) Thích màu trắng?
d) Thích màu tím?
Đỏ
25%
Xanh
40%
Tím
15%
Trắng
20%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6. Biểu đồ sau nói về kết quả học tập của học sinh khối 7 trường THCS. Hãy đọc tỉ số phần trăm của học
sinh giỏi, khá, Đạt của trường. Biết số học sinh khối 7 của trường là 200 học sinh. Tính số học sinh mỗi loại.
Học sinh giỏi Học sinh khá Học sinh trung bình
22,5 %
60%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7. Cho biểu đồ thống kê các nguyên nhân gây tai nạn thương tích ở trẻ em Việt Nam. Hãy lập bảng
thống kê tỉ lệ các nguyên nhân gây tại nạn thương tích ở trẻ.
30%
38%
29% 3%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8. Từ kết quả thu thập dữ liệu về kỹ năng bơi của học sinh THCS, em hãy ước lượng xem trong 1020
học sinh bơi của trường THCS Thanh Liệt, có bao nhiêu học sinh bơi thành thạo? Bao nhiêu học sinh chưa
bơi thành thạo?
KẾT QUẢ PHỔ CẬP BƠI SAU MỘT NĂM TRIỂN KHAI
Bơi thành thạo Biết bơi nhưng chưa thành thạo Chưa biết bơi
20%
45%
35%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9. Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết tỉ lệ thí sinh được trao huy chương các loại trong một cuộc thi. Em
hãy cho biết:
a) Tính tỉ số thí sinh được trao huy chương Vàng so với số thí sinh được trao huy chương BạC.
b) Số thí sinh không có huy chương chiếm bao nhiêu phần trăm?
12%
24%
30%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10. Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết tỉ lệ các loại kem bán được trong một ngày của một cửa hàng
kem.
6%
8% 25%
11%
50%
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 11. Bảng sau cho biết tỉ lệ các bạn trong trường dự đoán đội vô địch giải bóng đá học sinh khối 7.
Đội tuyển lớp 7A 7B 7C 7D
Tỉ lệ dự đoán 45% 15% 10% x%
Hãy hoàn thiện biểu đồ sau vào vở để biểu diễn bảng thống kê này.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12. Bảng số liệu sau cho biết tỉ lệ áo đồng phục theo kích cỡ của các bạn học sinh lớp 7 A2
Cỡ áo S M L XL
Tỉ lệ 35% 40% x% 5%
a)Hãy hoàn thiện biểu đồ sau vào vở để biểu diễn bảng thống kê trên.
? ?
? ? ?
?
?
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2. Phân tích dữ liệu trong biểu đồ hình quạt tròn.
Bài 1. Cho biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau biểu diễn thống kê “Bạn làm gì trong thời gian rảnh rỗi” của học sinh
khối 7.
Nghe nhạc
5%
5%
Xem ti vi
10% Chơi thể thao
40%
Đọc sách
35%
a) Em hãy cho biết trong 400 học sinh khối 7 có bao nhiêu bạn thích đọc sách hoặc nghe nhạc trong thời
gian rảnh rỗi.
b) Tính tỉ số học sinh thích nghe nhạc so với số học sinh thích xem ti vi.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
5% 12%
53%
Châu Mĩ Châu Á
13,4% Châu Phi
Châu Âu
9,2% Châu Âu
Châu Á
Châu Phi
58,2% Châu Mĩ
16,4%
Châu Úc
? ? ? ?
?
?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5. Biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau cho biết tỉ lệ của một đội hiến máu gồm 100 tình nguyện viên mang nhóm
máu A và B. Hỏi:
a) Có bao nhiêu người mang nhóm máu A, bao nhiêu người mang nhóm máu B?
b) Lập bảng số liệu thống kê số tình nguyện viên tham gia hiến máu theo từng nhóm máu.
20%
40%
30%
10%
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6. Bảng số liệu sau thống kê số tạ rác thải của các phường trong một Quận nội thành như sau:
Phường Đại Kim Định Công Đền Lừ Hoàng Liệt
Số rác
thải 132 154 161 170
(tạ)
a) Tính tỉ số phần trăm rác thải ở các phường Đại Kim và Hoàng Liệt.
b) Quan sát và hoàn thiện biểu đồ hình quạt tròn biểu diễn số rác thải của các phường.
c) Đưa ra một vài biện pháp phân loại, tái chế rác thải giúp bảo vệ môi trường?
?
?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 7. Diện tích rừng bị cháy phân theo vùng ở nước ta năm 2016 được cho trong biểu đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
1,2%
40%
Bắc Trung Bộ
a) Lập bảng số liệu diện tích rừng bị cháy của nước ta (tính theo đơn vị ha) năm 2016 . Biết rằng tổng diện
tích rừng bị cháy năm 2016 là 495 hA.
b) Tìm hiểu nguyên nhân gây cháy rừng.
c) Nêu giải pháp khắc phục.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8. Ô nhiễm môi trường nước lưu vực sông từ nước thải sinh hoạt năm 2018 được biểu diễn trong biểu
đồ hình quạt tròn sau:
1,2%
40%
Bắc Trung Bộ
a) Người ta thống kê được lượng chất thải sinh ra là khoảng 14, 03 triệu tấn năm 2018 . Lập bảng số liệu tính
lượng chất thải ở từng vùng (đơn vị triệu tấn).
b) Nêu nguyên nhân ô nhiễm môi trường nướC.
c) Tìm biện pháp khắc phụC.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
BIỂU ĐỒ ĐOẠN THẲNG
PHẦN I. TÓM TẮT LÍ THUYẾT
Biểu đồ đoạn thẳng thường được dùng để biểu diễn sự thay đổi của một đại lượng theo thời gian. Các thành
phần của biểu đồ đoạn thẳng gồm:
- Trục ngang biểu diễn đại lượng ta đang quan tâm (số dân).
- Trục đứng biểu diễn (năm).
- Mỗi điểm biểu diễn giá trị của đại lượng tại một thời điểm
- Hai điểm liên tiếp được nối với nhau bằng một đoạn thẳng.
- Tiêu đề của biểu đồ thường ở dòng trên cùng.
- Dựa vào biểu đồ đoạn thẳng, ta có thể xác định xu hướng tăng hoặc giảm của số liệu trong một khoảng thời
gian nhất định.
Năm Dân số Việt Nam qua 5 lần điều tra
2030
2020
2010
2000
1990
1980
1970
1960
1950
54,7 64,4 76,3 85,8 96,2 Số dân ( triệu người)
100
50
0
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Năm
Gợi ý:- Tên biểu đồ thường nằm bên trên, trục biểu đồ có 2 trục nằm ngang và trục đứng trên đó có minh
họa hoặc chú thích.
-Mỗi điểm trên biểu đồ ta dóng xuống trục nằm ngang hay sang trục thẳng đứng cho ta biết một số liệu.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2: Biểu đồ hình bên cho biết kỷ lục thế giới về thời gian chạy cự ly 100m trong các năm từ 1992 đến
năm 2009
10.5 10.3
10
10 9.86 9.77
9.58
9.5
9
1912 1930 1960 1991 2005 2009
Kỷ lục thế giới về chạy cự ly 100m đạt được ở năm 1930 và 2005 là bao nhiêu giây?
Gợi ý: căn cứ vào số năm đầu bài hỏi ta dóng nên biểu đồ đoạn thẳng đến đầu mút đoạn thẳng ta dóng sang
trục thẳng đứng sẽ chỉ cho ta biết số liệu
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3: Tỉ lệ tăng dân số Viêt Nam trong một số năm gần đây được cho bởi biểu đồ đoạn thẳng sau. Em hãy
cho biết tỉ lệ tăng 1,65% và 1,12% vào những năm nào?
0.5
0
1991 1995 1999 2003 2007 2011 2015 2019
Gợi ý: Nhìn vào biểu đồ với dữ liệu 1,65% và 1,12% ta dóng xuống trục nằm ngang ta sẽ có số liệu của năm
đó.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4: Ở hình dưới đây biểu diễn thu nhập bình quân đầu người /năm của Việt Nam( tính theo đô la Mỹ) ở
một số năm trong giai đoạn từ năm 1986 đến năm 2020 Các điểm trên đầu mút đoạn thẳng có ý nghĩa gì?
2000
1318
1500
1000
423
500 138
0
1986 1991 2010 2017 2018 2019 2020
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Số lượt khách
60 50
50 45
40
40 35
30 20
20
10
0
9h 11h 13h 15h 17h
Các số trên mỗi đầu mút đoạn thẳng của hình trên thể hiện số khách hàng đến cửa hàng đó. Em hãy cho biết
vào thời điểm 9 giờ, 11 giờ, 13 giờ, 15 giờ, 17 giờ có bao nhiêu khách đến cửa hàng?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2) Mức độ thông hiểu
Bài 1:
2000
1318
1500
1000
423
500 138
0
1986 1991 2010 2017 2018 2019 2020
Ở hình trên biểu diễn thu nhập bình quân đầu người /năm của Việt Nam( tính theo đô la Mỹ) ở một số năm
trong giai đoạn từ năm 1986 đến năm 2020 . Em hãy cho biết năm nào Việt Nam có thu nhập thấp nhất, cao
nhất cụ thể là bao nhiêu đô la?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
Số lượt khách
60
50
50 45
40
40 35
30
20
20
10
0
9h 11h 13h 15h 17h
Với hình trên em hãy cho biết thời điểm nào khách hàng vào của hàng vắng nhất, đông nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3:
⁰C
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
7 10 13 16 19 22
Thời điểm (h)
Biểu đồ đoạn thẳng hình trên cho biết nhiệt độ ở Hà Nội trong ngày 7 / 5 / 2021 tại một số thời điểm. Em hãy
cho biết thời điểm nào nhiệt độ thấp nhất, cao nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4:
15000
10000
5000
0
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Với hình vẽ trên em hãy cho biết năm nào có số vụ tai nạn cao nhất, thấp nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5:
Nhiệt độ một ngày mùa đông tại một địa điểm vùng ôn đới
⁰C
3
2
1
0
-1 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 Thời điểm (h)
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
-10
-11
Với biểu đồ đoạn thẳng hình trên biểu diễn nhiệt độ trong một ngày mùa đông tại một địa điểm vùng ôn
đới.Em hãy cho biết thời điểm nào nhiệt độ thấp nhất, cao nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3) Mức độ vận dụng
Bài 1:
Quan sát biểu đồ dưới đây và trả lời câu hỏi sau:
a) Tháng nào cửa hàng có doanh thu cao nhất?
b) Tháng nào cửa hàng có doanh thu thấp nhất?
c) Doanh thu của cửa hàng tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
d) Doanh thu của cửa hàng giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
60 52 50 52
50
40
30
20
10
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tháng
Gợi ý: Các em chú ý biểu đồ đoạn thảng đi lên và có đầu mút cao nhất và thấp nhất.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2: cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng sau
Nhiệt độ trung bình các tháng năm 2020 tại TPHCM (℃)
⁰C
32
30.5
30 29.5
29
28.5
28 28
27.6 27.6 27.6
28 27
26.6
26
26
24
22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tháng
Em hãy cho biết nhiệt độ trung bình của tháng nào cao nhất, thấp nhất?
Gợi ý: Các em chú ý biểu đồ đoạn thảng đi lên và có đầu mút cao nhất và thấp nhất.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng sau
triệu (tấn)
9
7.72
8 7.13
6.75 6.68 6.57
7 6.32
6.05
6
4.69 4.68 4.89
5 4.53
4
3
2
1
0
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
Em hãy cho biết năm nào xuất khẩu gạo được nhiều nhất, ít nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng.Em hãy cho biết nhu cầu bán máy tính để bàn, máy tính xách tay tăng hay
giảm trong 6 tháng?
90
80
70
60
Số lượng
50
20
10
0
Một Hai Ba Bốn Năm Sáu Tháng
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng sau
Tỉ lệ (%)
100
90
90
80 75
70
60
60
46 45 Tỉnh A
50
40
37 35 Tỉnh B
40 32
30 25
20
10
0
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Em hãy cho biết
tỉnh nào có số học sinh biết bơi nhiều hơn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4) Mức độ vận dụng cao
Bài 1: Nhìn vài biểu đồ đoạn thẳng. Em hãy tính trung bình của
+ Ngày thứ 6 và thứ 7 bán được bao nhiêu li trà sữa?
+ Ngày thứ 3 , thứ 4 , thứ 5 bán được bao nhiêu li trà sữa?
Số li trà sữa bán được trong tuần của tiệm Trân Châu
70
62
60
50
48
50 42
40 35 35
30 20
20
10
0
Chủ nhật Thứ Hai Thứ Ba Thứ Tư Thứ Năm Thứ Sáu Thứ Bảy
Gợi ý: Các em nhìn vào các ngày cần tính rồi dóng lên biểu đồ đoạn thẳng ta sẽ có số liệu số li trà bán được
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2:
2000
Đô la Mỹ
1500 1318
1000
423
500 138
0
1986 1991 2010 2017 2018 2019 2020
Ở hình trên biểu diễn thu nhập bình quân đầu người /năm của Việt Nam( tính theo đô la Mỹ) ở một số năm
trong giai đoạn từ năm 1986 đến năm 2020 . Em hãy cho biết trong khoảng năm nào thì thu nhập bình quân
đầu người trên năm tăng nhanh nhất?
Gợi ý: Ta chú ý năm 1991 có 138 đô la / người nhưng năm 2017 có tới 2366 đô la /người có mức chênh
lệch rất lớn
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 3: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dân số của Hà Nội. Trong khoảng thời gian nào từ năm 1999 đến
năm 2009 và từ năm 2009 đến năm 2019 dân số Hà Nội tăng nhanh hơn?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 4: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn nhiệt độ của Hà Nội vào ngày 7 / 5 / 2021
⁰C
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
7 10 13 16 19 22
Thời điểm (h)
Em hãy cho biết trong khoảng thời gian nào nhiệt độ giảm nhanh nhất?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5: Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số vụ tai nạn giao thông cả nước tính từ năm 2016 đến năm 2020
14510
15000
10000
5000
0
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
Em hãy cho biết số vụ tai nạn giao thông của năm 2019 so với 2018 giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm và năm
2020 so với 2019 giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm, năm nào giảm sâu hơn.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng
I. Phương pháp giải:
Để vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng, ta thực hiện theo các bước sau:
Bước 1: Vẽ trục ngoang và trục đứng. Đánh dấu thời gian trên trục ngang, chọn đơn vị trên trục đưng
Bước 2: Chấm các điểm biểu diễn giá trị của đại lượng theo thời gian. Có thể thay dấu chấm bằng các dấu
định dạng khác
Bước 3: Nối các điểm liên tiếp với nhau bằng đoạn thẳng
Bước 4: Ghi chú thích cho các trục, điền giá trị tại các điểm (nếu cần) và ghi tiêu đề cho biểu đồ
II. Bài toán.
1. Mức độ nhận biết
Bài 1. Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu của bảng thống kê sau:
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2: Cho bảng thống kê dữ liệu sau:
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
20 18
18
16
14
SỐ CÂY XANH
12 10
9
10 8
7
8
5
6 4
4
2
0
Thứ Hai Thứ Ba Thứ Tư Thứ Năm Thứ Sáu Thứ Bảy Chủ nhật
SỐ CÂY XANH LỚP 7A THU GOM ĐƯỢC
Bài 4: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết số con gà bắt được khi đem ra chợ bán trong mỗi giờ từ 5 giờ đến 10 giờ
của bạn Hùng. Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này
Giờ Số gà (con)
5 giờ 8
6 giờ 6
7 giờ 3
8 giờ 10
9 giờ 7
10 giờ 9
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 5: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết số ổ bánh kem bán được ở tiệm bánh vào các ngày trong tuần vừa quA.
Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này
Ngày Số ổ bánh kem bán được ở tiệm bánh
Thứ Hai 40
Thứ Ba 20
Thứ Tư 50
Thứ Năm 25
Thứ Sáu 60
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. Mức độ Thông hiểu
Bài 6: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết kỉ lục thế giới về thời gian chạy xe đạp đua trong các năm từ 2010 đến
2015 .
- Mùa giải năm 2020 Quang Hải thi đấu bao nhiêu trận trong giải Vô Địch Quốc Gia Việt Nam
- Quang Hải thi đấu tổng cộng bao nhiêu trận cho giải Vô Địch Quốc Gia Việt Nam trong 7 mùa giải
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết tỉ lệ học sinh cấp THCS nghiện game trong những năm gần đây
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 9: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết tỉ lệ học sinh xuất sắc tính trên tổng số học sinh của một trường THCS
trong các năm 2016 đến 2020
Năm Tỉ lệ (%)
2016 13.50%
2017 12.70%
2018 12.30%
2019 11.80%
2020 10.50%
a) Cho biết xu thế của tỉ lệ học sinh xuất sắc tại một trường THCS trong thời gian trên
b) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số liệu trên
c) Trường THCS có 1 000 học sinh, tính số học sinh xuất sắc của năm 2020
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 10: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết Phương làm bài kiểm tra Tiếng Anh trên mạng 5 lần và ghi lại kết quả
Lần Tỉ lệ (%)
1 20%
2 30%
3 50%
4 80%
5 95%
a) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số liệu trên
b) Nhận xét sự tiến bộ của Phương sau mỗi lần làm bài
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. Mức độ Vận dụng.
Bài 11: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết lượng mưa 6 ngày của tháng 4 năm 2022 tại TP HCM (mm).
Ngày Lượng mưa 6 ngày của tháng 4 năm 2022 tại
TP HCM (mm)
Ngày 1 4
Ngày 2 2
Ngày 3 11
Ngày 4 8
Ngày 5 6
Ngày 6 3
Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này và cho biết:
- Biểu đồ biểu diễn các thông tin về vấn đề gì?
- Đơn vị thời gian là gì?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu cao nhất?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu thấp nhất?
- Số liệu tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
- Số liệu giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 12: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết doanh thu trong 12 tháng của tiệm trà sữa VyVy
Tháng Doanh thu trong 12 tháng của tiệm trà sữa
VyVy (triệu đồng)
Tháng 1 5
Tháng 2 6
Tháng 3 4
Tháng 4 8
Tháng 5 7
Tháng 6 3
Tháng 7 9
Tháng 8 10
Tháng 9 12
Tháng 10 6
Tháng 11 9
Tháng 12 8
Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này và cho biết:
- Biểu đồ biểu diễn các thông tin về vấn đề gì?
- Đơn vị thời gian là gì?
- Tháng nào tiệm trà sữa có doanh thu cao nhất?
- Tháng nào tiệm trà sữa có doanh thu thấp nhất?
- Doanh thu của tiệm trà sữa tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
- Doanh thu của tiệm trà sữa giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 13: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết lượng mưa trung bình trong 12 tháng tại Long An (mm).
Tháng Lượng mưa trung bình trong 12 tháng tại
Long An (mm)
Tháng 1 20
Tháng 2 15
Tháng 3 44
Tháng 4 80
Tháng 5 179
Tháng 6 231
Tháng 7 214
Tháng 8 288
Tháng 9 318
Tháng 10 245
Tháng 11 35
Tháng 12 19
Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này và cho biết:
- Biểu đồ biểu diễn các thông tin về vấn đề gì?
- Đơn vị thời gian là gì?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu cao nhất?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu thấp nhất?
- Số liệu tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
- Số liệu giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 14: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết nhiệt độ trung bình các tháng trong năm 2022 tại Hà Nội
Em hãy vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn bảng dữ liệu này và cho biết:
- Biểu đồ biểu diễn các thông tin về vấn đề gì?
- Đơn vị thời gian là gì?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu cao nhất?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu thấp nhất?
- Số liệu tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
- Số liệu giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 15: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết Sản lượng gạo xuất khẩu của Việt Nam (triệu tấn). Em hãy vẽ và phân
tích biểu đồ đoạn thẳng
2000 20
2001 26
2002 30
2003 24
2004 17
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 17: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết số dân của ba tỉnh Long An, Tiền Giang, Bến Tre trong một số năm
600 600
550
530 530
500 499 490
478
444 460 460
420
400 389 390 390 Long An
358 370
340 350
327 330 Tiền Giang
300 287 290 290
260 Bến Tre
250 250 245
230
200 190 200 200
160
130
100
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
a) Cho biết xu hướng tăng, giảm về số dân của mỗi tỉnh theo thời gian.
b) Trong ba tỉnh trên, tỉnh nào có số dân cao nhất, thấp nhất trong các năm từ 2010 đến 2020
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 18: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết tỉ lệ người già trong độ tuổi 65-80
25 25.30
23.90
22.70
21.40
20
15 Đồng Tháp
0
2010 2011 2012 2013
0
Tháng 1 Tháng 2 Tháng 3 Tháng 4 Tháng 5
a) Các đường màu đỏ và màu xanh trong biểu đồ biểu diễn những số liệu nào?
b) Cho biết xu thế về giá trị nhập khẩu điện thoại trong 5 tháng
c) Tháng nào giá trị nhập khẩu điện thoại ở TP HCM lớn hơn Hà Nội
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 20: Bảng biểu diễn sau cho biết số vụ tai nạn giao thông của nước ta trong giai đoạn từ năm 2017 đến
năm 2021
Năm Số vụ TNGT
2017 21 589
2018 20 080
2019 18 736
2020 17 621
202114 510
a) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số liệu trên
b) Trong giai đoạn từ năm 2017 đến năm 2021 , năm nào có số vụ TNGT nhiều nhất?
c) Số vụ TNGT năm 2020 đã giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm so với năm 2019 (làm tròn đến hàng đơn vị)
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
BÀI TẬP TỔNG HỢP
Dạng 1: Đọc biểu đồ đoạn thẳng
1. Mức độ nhận biết
Bài 1. Biểu đồ biểu diễn số học sinh đạt điểm giỏi trong bốn lần kiểm tra môn Toán của lớp 7A. A. Nêu số
học sinh đạt điểm giỏi trong từng lần kiểm tra môn Toán của lớp 7A
13
12
11
số học sinh đạt điểm giỏi
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Lần 1 Lần 2 Lần 3 Lần 4
Biểu đồ biểu diễn số học sinh đạt điểm giỏi
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2. Biểu đồ biểu diễn số li trà sữa bán được của tiệm Trân Châu vào các ngày trong tuần. Em hãy cho biết
số li bán được lần lượt trong các ngày thứ Ba, thứ Tư, thứ Năm. Số liệu vừa đọc tăng hay giảm
Số li trà sữa bán được trong tuần của tiệm Trân Châu
70 62
60
50
48
50 42
40 35 35
30 20
20
10
0
Chủ nhật Thứ Hai Thứ Ba Thứ Tư Thứ Năm Thứ Sáu Thứ Bảy
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. Mức độ Thông hiểu
Bài 3. Để bố trí đội ngũ nhân viên phục vụ, quản lí của một cửa hàng tiến hành đếm số lượt khách đến cửa
hàng đó vào một số thời điểm trong ngày. Kết quả kiểm đếm được cho trong bảng sau:
Thời điểm (h) 9 11 13 15 17
Số lượt khách 40 50 20 35 45
Chọn số liệu thích hợp cho? trên biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số lượt khách đến cửa hàng vào những thời
điểm đã nêu
35
30
25 ?
20
15
10
5
0
9h 11h 13h 15h 17h
Thời điểm (h)
Bài 4. Biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dân số của Thủ đô Hà Nội ở một số năm trong giai đoạn từ năm 1954
đến năm 2019. Hoàn thành bảng sau.
Dân số của Thủ đô Hà Nội
8500000 8053663
8000000
7500000
7000000
6500000 6448837
6000000
5500000
5000000
4500000
4000000
3500000
3000000
2500000 2500000 2672122
2000000
1500000
1000000
500000 91000
0 53000
1954 1961 1978 1999 2009 2019
Lời giải
Năm 1954 1961 1978 1999 2009 2019
Dân số
(người)
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Ngày
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6. Cho biểu đồ đoạn thẳng. Đọc và phân tích dữ liệu được biểu diễn trên biểu đồ đoạn thẳng bằng cách
trả lời câu hỏi sau:
- Biểu đồ biểu diễn các thông tin về vấn đề gì?
- Đơn vị thời gian là gì?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu cao nhất?
- Thời điểm nào số liệu thấp nhất?
- Số liệu tăng trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
- Số liệu giảm trong những khoảng thời gian nào?
Lượng mưa trung bình các tháng năm 2019 tại TP HCM
400
342
350
309 295
300 271
Lượng mưa (mm)
250 260
213
200
150
119
100
51
50 14 47
4 9
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tháng
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mức độ Vận dụng cao.
Bài 7. Tốc độ tăng trưởng Diện tích, Năng suất, Sản lượng lúa của nước ta, giai đoạn 1990 – 2014 được biểu
diễn qua biểu đồ dưới đây.
Tốc độ tăng trưởng Diện tích, Năng suất, Sản lượng lúa của
nước ta, giai đoạn 1990 – 2014
250
233.9
208.1
200
186.4
180.8
169.2
167.9
150 153.8
133.3
129.3 Diện tích
%
50
0
1990 2000 2005 2010 2014
Năm
a) Tốc độ tăng trưởng Diện tích, Năng suất, Sản lượng lúa của nước ta, giai đoạn 1990 – 2014 theo mẫu sau:
Năm
Diện tích (%)
Năng suất (%)
Sản lượng lúa (%)
b) Trong giai đoạn từ năm 1990 đến năm 2014, năm nào có số sản lượng lúa tăng nhiều nhất?
c) Số vụ diện tích trồng lúa của nước ta năm 2005 đã giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm so với năm 2000?
d) Năng suất lúa của nước ta năm 2014 đã tăng bao nhiêu phần trăm so với năm 2005?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8. Biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn số vụ tai nạn giao thông của nước ta trong giai đoạn từ năm 2016 đến
năm 2020
Số vụ tai nạn giáo thông giai đoạn từ năm
2016 - 2020
25000 21589
20080 18736
20000 17621
15000 14510
10000
5000
0
2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
a) Lập bảng số liệu thống kê số vụ TNGT của nước ta theo mẫu sau
Năm
Số vụ
b) Trong giai đoạn từ năm 2016 đến năm 2020, năm nào có số vụ TNGT nhiều nhất?
c) Số vụ TNGT năm 2019 đã giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm so với năm 2018 (làm tròn đến hàng đơn vị)?
d) Số vụ TNGT năm 2020 đã giảm bao nhiêu phần trăm so với năm 2019 (làm tròn đến hàng đơn vị)?
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Dạng 2: Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng
1. Mức độ nhận biết
Bài 1. Số học sinh yêu thích các môn thể thao của lớp 7 A được ghi lại trong bảng sau:
Môn thể thao Đá bóng Bơi Bóng rổ Cầu lông
Số học sinh 24 30 15 18
Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 2. Bảng sau cho biết số lượng màu sắc ưa thích của các bạn nữ trong lớp 7 A được bạn lớp trưởng ghi
lại:
Màu sắc Hồng Đỏ Vàng Trắng Tím
Số bạn thích 7 2 3 4 2
Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
2. Mức độ Thông hiểu
Bài 3. Cho bảng số liệu: Nhiệt độ trung bình năm tại các địa điểm ở nước ta
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
3. Mức độ Vận dụng.
Bài 5. Điều tra về cân nặng (kg) của 30 bạn học sinh lớp 7A, giáo viên ghi lại trong bảng sau:
39 41 45 42 42 45 42 45 41 42
42 45 39 45 41 42 39 42 42 41
45 42 41 42 42 42 45 41 45 45
a) Hoàn thành bảng số liệu thống kê cân nặng của 30 bạn học sinh lớp 7A theo mẫu sau:
Cân nặng (kg) 39 41 42 45
Số học sinh
b) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 6. Kết quả môn nhảy cao (tính theo cm) của học sinh lớp 7 A được giáo viên thể dục ghi lại như sau:
95 95 100 105 105 110 100 100 105 95
105 110 115 100 105 100 95 105 90 90
120 100 90 100 100 100 100 105 115 100
a) Hoàn thành bảng số liệu thống kê kết quả môn nhảy cao (tính theo cm) của học sinh lớp 7 A theo mẫu
sau:
Kết quả nhảy cao (cm) 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Số học sinh
b) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mức độ Vận dụng cao.
Bài 7. Điểm thi học kì 2 của hai bạn học sinh Hồng và Lan của lớp 8A được ghi lại ở bảng sau:
Lịch Công Tin
Môn Toán Văn Anh Vật Lý Địa Lý GDCD
sử nghệ học
Hồng 9 8 9,5 8 8 7 8 9 9
Lan 9,5 8 8 9 9 8 9 10 9
a) Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên cùng 1 biểu đồ.
b) Tính điểm trung bình của hai bạn Hồng, Lan.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
Bài 8. Theo số liệu của Cục Thống kê, từ năm 2000 đến năm 2017, kinh tế Thành phố Hồ Chí Minh (TP.
HCM) có tốc độ tăng trưởng của các ngành (%) được ghi lại ở bảng sau:
2006 - 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017
Dịch vụ 12.2 10.7 10 10.7 11.4 11.11 8.07 8.23
Công nghiệp 10.1 9.9 8.3 7.35 7.2 8.07 7.88 7.84
Nông nghiệp 5 6 5.1 5.6 5.9 5.87 5.81 6.25
Vẽ biểu đồ đoạn thẳng biểu diễn dữ liệu trên cùng 1 biểu đồ.
Lời giải
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................
............................................................................................................................................................................